overdue
This commit is contained in:
71
.rclone_repo/docs/content/about.md
Executable file
71
.rclone_repo/docs/content/about.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Rclone"
|
||||
description: "rclone syncs files to and from Google Drive, S3, Swift, Cloudfiles, Dropbox, Google Cloud Storage and Amazon Drive."
|
||||
type: page
|
||||
date: "2017-09-25"
|
||||
groups: ["about"]
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
[](https://rclone.org/)
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:
|
||||
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Amazon Drive" home="https://www.amazon.com/clouddrive" config="/amazonclouddrive/" >}} ([See note](/amazonclouddrive/#status))
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Amazon S3" home="https://aws.amazon.com/s3/" config="/s3/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Backblaze B2" home="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/cloud-storage.html" config="/b2/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Box" home="https://www.box.com/" config="/box/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Ceph" home="http://ceph.com/" config="/s3/#ceph" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="DigitalOcean Spaces" home="https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/" config="/s3/#digitalocean-spaces" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Dreamhost" home="https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/" config="/s3/#dreamhost" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Dropbox" home="https://www.dropbox.com/" config="/dropbox/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="FTP" home="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File_Transfer_Protocol" config="/ftp/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Google Cloud Storage" home="https://cloud.google.com/storage/" config="/googlecloudstorage/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Google Drive" home="https://www.google.com/drive/" config="/drive/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="HTTP" home="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypertext_Transfer_Protocol" config="/http/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Hubic" home="https://hubic.com/" config="/hubic/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Jottacloud" home="https://www.jottacloud.com/en/" config="/jottacloud/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="IBM COS S3" home="http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage" config="/s3/#ibm-cos-s3" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Memset Memstore" home="https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/" config="/swift/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Mega" home="https://mega.nz/" config="/mega/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Microsoft Azure Blob Storage" home="https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/services/storage/blobs/" config="/azureblob/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Microsoft OneDrive" home="https://onedrive.live.com/" config="/onedrive/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Minio" home="https://www.minio.io/" config="/s3/#minio" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Nextcloud" home="https://nextcloud.com/" config="/webdav/#nextcloud" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="OVH" home="https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/" config="/swift/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="OpenDrive" home="https://www.opendrive.com/" config="/opendrive/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Openstack Swift" home="https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/" config="/swift/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Oracle Cloud Storage" home="https://cloud.oracle.com/storage-opc" config="/swift/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="ownCloud" home="https://owncloud.org/" config="/webdav/#owncloud" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="pCloud" home="https://www.pcloud.com/" config="/pcloud/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="put.io" home="https://put.io/" config="/webdav/#put-io" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="QingStor" home="https://www.qingcloud.com/products/storage" config="/qingstor/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Rackspace Cloud Files" home="https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files" config="/swift/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="SFTP" home="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SFTP" config="/sftp/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Wasabi" home="https://wasabi.com/" config="/s3/#wasabi" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="WebDAV" home="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV" config="/webdav/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="Yandex Disk" home="https://disk.yandex.com/" config="/yandex/" >}}
|
||||
* {{< provider name="The local filesystem" home="/local/" config="/local/" >}}
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
|
||||
* MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
|
||||
* Timestamps preserved on files
|
||||
* Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
|
||||
* [Copy](/commands/rclone_copy/) mode to just copy new/changed files
|
||||
* [Sync](/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a directory identical
|
||||
* [Check](/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file hash equality
|
||||
* Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
|
||||
* Optional encryption ([Crypt](/crypt/))
|
||||
* Optional cache ([Cache](/cache/))
|
||||
* Optional FUSE mount ([rclone mount](/commands/rclone_mount/))
|
||||
|
||||
Links
|
||||
|
||||
* <i class="fa fa-home"></i> [Home page](https://rclone.org/)
|
||||
* <i class="fa fa-github"></i> [Github project page for source and bug tracker](https://github.com/ncw/rclone)
|
||||
* <i class="fa fa-comments"></i> [Rclone Forum](https://forum.rclone.org)
|
||||
* <i class="fa fa-google-plus"></i> <a href="https://google.com/+RcloneOrg" rel="publisher">Google+ page</a>
|
||||
* <i class="fa fa-cloud-download"></i>[Downloads](/downloads/)
|
||||
130
.rclone_repo/docs/content/alias.md
Executable file
130
.rclone_repo/docs/content/alias.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Alias"
|
||||
description: "Remote Aliases"
|
||||
date: "2018-01-30"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-link"></i> Alias
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The `alias` remote provides a new name for another remote.
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path,
|
||||
eg `remote:directory/subdirectory` or `/directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the target
|
||||
remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
|
||||
|
||||
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Asume a alias remote named `backup`
|
||||
with the target `mydrive:private/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
|
||||
is exactly the same as invoking `rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop`.
|
||||
|
||||
There will be no special handling of paths containing `..` segments.
|
||||
Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:../desktop` is exactly the same as invoking
|
||||
`rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop`.
|
||||
The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory
|
||||
use `.` instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a alias called `remote` for local folder.
|
||||
First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Alias for a existing remote
|
||||
\ "alias"
|
||||
2 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
3 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
4 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
5 / Box
|
||||
\ "box"
|
||||
6 / Cache a remote
|
||||
\ "cache"
|
||||
7 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
8 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
9 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
10 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
11 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
12 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
13 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
14 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
\ "azureblob"
|
||||
15 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
16 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
17 / Pcloud
|
||||
\ "pcloud"
|
||||
18 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||||
\ "qingstor"
|
||||
19 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
20 / Webdav
|
||||
\ "webdav"
|
||||
21 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
22 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> 1
|
||||
Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
|
||||
remote> /mnt/storage/backup
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
remote = /mnt/storage/backup
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
Current remotes:
|
||||
|
||||
Name Type
|
||||
==== ====
|
||||
remote alias
|
||||
|
||||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
d) Delete remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level in `/mnt/storage/backup`
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in `/mnt/storage/backup`
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:source
|
||||
|
||||
235
.rclone_repo/docs/content/amazonclouddrive.md
Executable file
235
.rclone_repo/docs/content/amazonclouddrive.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Amazon Drive"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Amazon Drive"
|
||||
date: "2017-06-10"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-amazon"></i> Amazon Drive
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage
|
||||
service run by Amazon for consumers.
|
||||
|
||||
## Status
|
||||
|
||||
**Important:** rclone supports Amazon Drive only if you have your own
|
||||
set of API keys. Unfortunately the [Amazon Drive developer
|
||||
program](https://developer.amazon.com/amazon-drive) is now closed to
|
||||
new entries so if you don't already have your own set of keys you will
|
||||
not be able to use rclone with Amazon Drive.
|
||||
|
||||
For the history on why rclone no longer has a set of Amazon Drive API
|
||||
keys see [the forum](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-has-been-banned-from-amazon-drive/2314).
|
||||
|
||||
If you happen to know anyone who works at Amazon then please ask them
|
||||
to re-instate rclone into the Amazon Drive developer program - thanks!
|
||||
|
||||
## Setup
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from
|
||||
Amazon which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks
|
||||
you through it.
|
||||
|
||||
The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an [oauth
|
||||
proxy](https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy). This is used to keep the
|
||||
Amazon credentials out of the source code. The proxy runs in Google's
|
||||
very secure App Engine environment and doesn't store any credentials
|
||||
which pass through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Since rclone doesn't currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials
|
||||
so you will either need to have your own `client_id` and
|
||||
`client_secret` with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy
|
||||
in which case you will need to enter `client_id`, `client_secret`,
|
||||
`auth_url` and `token_url`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note also if you are not using Amazon's `auth_url` and `token_url`,
|
||||
(ie you filled in something for those) then if setting up on a remote
|
||||
machine you can only use the [copying the config method of
|
||||
configuration](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-copying-the-config-file)
|
||||
- `rclone authorize` will not work.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
8 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
9 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
10 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 1
|
||||
Amazon Application Client Id - required.
|
||||
client_id> your client ID goes here
|
||||
Amazon Application Client Secret - required.
|
||||
client_secret> your client secret goes here
|
||||
Auth server URL - leave blank to use Amazon's.
|
||||
auth_url> Optional auth URL
|
||||
Token server url - leave blank to use Amazon's.
|
||||
token_url> Optional token URL
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Make sure your Redirect URL is set to "http://127.0.0.1:53682/" in your custom config.
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id = your client ID goes here
|
||||
client_secret = your client secret goes here
|
||||
auth_url = Optional auth URL
|
||||
token_url = Optional token URL
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","expiry":"2015-09-06T16:07:39.658438471+01:00"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
See the [remote setup docs](/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
|
||||
machine with no Internet browser available.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from Amazon. This only runs from the moment it
|
||||
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification
|
||||
code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require
|
||||
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your Amazon Drive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your Amazon Drive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an Amazon Drive directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and MD5SUMs ###
|
||||
|
||||
Amazon Drive doesn't allow modification times to be changed via
|
||||
the API so these won't be accurate or used for syncing.
|
||||
|
||||
It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the
|
||||
`--checksum` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon
|
||||
don't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
|
||||
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon's apps or via
|
||||
the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are
|
||||
automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.
|
||||
|
||||
### Using with non `.com` Amazon accounts ###
|
||||
|
||||
Let's say you usually use `amazon.co.uk`. When you authenticate with
|
||||
rclone it will take you to an `amazon.com` page to log in. Your
|
||||
`amazon.co.uk` email and password should work here just fine.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --acd-templink-threshold=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Files this size or more will be downloaded via their `tempLink`. This
|
||||
is to work around a problem with Amazon Drive which blocks downloads
|
||||
of files bigger than about 10GB. The default for this is 9GB which
|
||||
shouldn't need to be changed.
|
||||
|
||||
To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a `tempLink`
|
||||
which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the
|
||||
underlying S3 storage.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --acd-upload-wait-per-gb=TIME ####
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes Amazon Drive gives an error when a file has been fully
|
||||
uploaded but the file appears anyway after a little while. This
|
||||
happens sometimes for files over 1GB in size and nearly every time for
|
||||
files bigger than 10GB. This parameter controls the time rclone waits
|
||||
for the file to appear.
|
||||
|
||||
The default value for this parameter is 3 minutes per GB, so by
|
||||
default it will wait 3 minutes for every GB uploaded to see if the
|
||||
file appears.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable this feature by setting it to 0. This may cause
|
||||
conflict errors as rclone retries the failed upload but the file will
|
||||
most likely appear correctly eventually.
|
||||
|
||||
These values were determined empirically by observing lots of uploads
|
||||
of big files for a range of file sizes.
|
||||
|
||||
Upload with the `-v` flag to see more info about what rclone is doing
|
||||
in this situation.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can't have a
|
||||
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
|
||||
|
||||
Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the
|
||||
sync (429 errors). rclone will automatically retry the sync up to 3
|
||||
times by default (see `--retries` flag) which should hopefully work
|
||||
around this problem.
|
||||
|
||||
Amazon Drive has an internal limit of file sizes that can be uploaded
|
||||
to the service. This limit is not officially published, but all files
|
||||
larger than this will fail.
|
||||
|
||||
At the time of writing (Jan 2016) is in the area of 50GB per file.
|
||||
This means that larger files are likely to fail.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately there is no way for rclone to see that this failure is
|
||||
because of file size, so it will retry the operation, as any other
|
||||
failure. To avoid this problem, use `--max-size 50000M` option to limit
|
||||
the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that `--max-size` does not split
|
||||
files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.
|
||||
188
.rclone_repo/docs/content/authors.md
Executable file
188
.rclone_repo/docs/content/authors.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Authors"
|
||||
description: "Rclone Authors and Contributors"
|
||||
date: "2016-11-02"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Authors
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
* Nick Craig-Wood <nick@craig-wood.com>
|
||||
|
||||
Contributors
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
* Alex Couper <amcouper@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Leonid Shalupov <leonid@shalupov.com> <shalupov@diverse.org.ru>
|
||||
* Shimon Doodkin <helpmepro1@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Colin Nicholson <colin@colinn.com>
|
||||
* Klaus Post <klauspost@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Sergey Tolmachev <tolsi.ru@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Adriano Aurélio Meirelles <adriano@atinge.com>
|
||||
* C. Bess <cbess@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Dmitry Burdeev <dibu28@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Joseph Spurrier <github@josephspurrier.com>
|
||||
* Björn Harrtell <bjorn@wololo.org>
|
||||
* Xavier Lucas <xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com>
|
||||
* Werner Beroux <werner@beroux.com>
|
||||
* Brian Stengaard <brian@stengaard.eu>
|
||||
* Jakub Gedeon <jgedeon@sofi.com>
|
||||
* Jim Tittsler <jwt@onjapan.net>
|
||||
* Michal Witkowski <michal@improbable.io>
|
||||
* Fabian Ruff <fabian.ruff@sap.com>
|
||||
* Leigh Klotz <klotz@quixey.com>
|
||||
* Romain Lapray <lapray.romain@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Justin R. Wilson <jrw972@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Antonio Messina <antonio.s.messina@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Stefan G. Weichinger <office@oops.co.at>
|
||||
* Per Cederberg <cederberg@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Radek Šenfeld <rush@logic.cz>
|
||||
* Fredrik Fornwall <fredrik@fornwall.net>
|
||||
* Asko Tamm <asko@deekit.net>
|
||||
* xor-zz <xor@gstocco.com>
|
||||
* Tomasz Mazur <tmazur90@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Marco Paganini <paganini@paganini.net>
|
||||
* Felix Bünemann <buenemann@louis.info>
|
||||
* Durval Menezes <jmrclone@durval.com>
|
||||
* Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana <maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com>
|
||||
* Stefan Breunig <stefan-github@yrden.de>
|
||||
* Alishan Ladhani <ali-l@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* 0xJAKE <0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Thibault Molleman <thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Scott McGillivray <scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Bjørn Erik Pedersen <bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Lukas Loesche <lukas@mesosphere.io>
|
||||
* emyarod <allllaboutyou@gmail.com>
|
||||
* T.C. Ferguson <tcf909@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Brandur <brandur@mutelight.org>
|
||||
* Dario Giovannetti <dev@dariogiovannetti.net>
|
||||
* Károly Oláh <okaresz@aol.com>
|
||||
* Jon Yergatian <jon@macfanatic.ca>
|
||||
* Jack Schmidt <github@mowsey.org>
|
||||
* Dedsec1 <Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Hisham Zarka <hzarka@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Jérôme Vizcaino <jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Mike Tesch <mjt6129@rit.edu>
|
||||
* Marvin Watson <marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Danny Tsai <danny8376@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Yoni Jah <yonjah+git@gmail.com> <yonjah+github@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Stephen Harris <github@spuddy.org>
|
||||
* Ihor Dvoretskyi <ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Jon Craton <jncraton@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Hraban Luyat <hraban@0brg.net>
|
||||
* Michael Ledin <mledin89@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Martin Kristensen <me@azgul.com>
|
||||
* Too Much IO <toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Anisse Astier <anisse@astier.eu>
|
||||
* Zahiar Ahmed <zahiar@live.com>
|
||||
* Igor Kharin <igorkharin@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Bill Zissimopoulos <billziss@navimatics.com>
|
||||
* Bob Potter <bobby.potter@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Steven Lu <tacticalazn@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Sjur Fredriksen <sjurtf@ifi.uio.no>
|
||||
* Ruwbin <hubus12345@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Fabian Möller <fabianm88@gmail.com> <f.moeller@nynex.de>
|
||||
* Edward Q. Bridges <github@eqbridges.com>
|
||||
* Vasiliy Tolstov <v.tolstov@selfip.ru>
|
||||
* Harshavardhana <harsha@minio.io>
|
||||
* sainaen <sainaen@gmail.com>
|
||||
* gdm85 <gdm85@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Yaroslav Halchenko <debian@onerussian.com>
|
||||
* John Papandriopoulos <jpap@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Zhiming Wang <zmwangx@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Andy Pilate <cubox@cubox.me>
|
||||
* Oliver Heyme <olihey@googlemail.com> <olihey@users.noreply.github.com> <de8olihe@lego.com>
|
||||
* wuyu <wuyu@yunify.com>
|
||||
* Andrei Dragomir <adragomi@adobe.com>
|
||||
* Christian Brüggemann <mail@cbruegg.com>
|
||||
* Alex McGrath Kraak <amkdude@gmail.com>
|
||||
* bpicode <bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com>
|
||||
* Daniel Jagszent <daniel@jagszent.de>
|
||||
* Josiah White <thegenius2009@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Ishuah Kariuki <kariuki@ishuah.com> <ishuah91@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Jan Varho <jan@varho.org>
|
||||
* Girish Ramakrishnan <girish@cloudron.io>
|
||||
* LingMan <LingMan@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Jacob McNamee <jacobmcnamee@gmail.com>
|
||||
* jersou <jertux@gmail.com>
|
||||
* thierry <thierry@substantiel.fr>
|
||||
* Simon Leinen <simon.leinen@gmail.com> <ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal>
|
||||
* Dan Dascalescu <ddascalescu+github@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Jason Rose <jason@jro.io>
|
||||
* Andrew Starr-Bochicchio <a.starr.b@gmail.com>
|
||||
* John Leach <john@johnleach.co.uk>
|
||||
* Corban Raun <craun@instructure.com>
|
||||
* Pierre Carlson <mpcarl@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
* Ernest Borowski <er.borowski@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Remus Bunduc <remus.bunduc@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Iakov Davydov <iakov.davydov@unil.ch> <dav05.gith@myths.ru>
|
||||
* Jakub Tasiemski <tasiemski@gmail.com>
|
||||
* David Minor <dminor@saymedia.com>
|
||||
* Tim Cooijmans <cooijmans.tim@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Laurence <liuxy6@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Giovanni Pizzi <gio.piz@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Filip Bartodziej <filipbartodziej@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Jon Fautley <jon@dead.li>
|
||||
* lewapm <32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Yassine Imounachen <yassine256@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Chris Redekop <chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com> <chris.redekop@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Jon Fautley <jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk>
|
||||
* Will Gunn <WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Lucas Bremgartner <lucas@bremis.ch>
|
||||
* Jody Frankowski <jody.frankowski@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Andreas Roussos <arouss1980@gmail.com>
|
||||
* nbuchanan <nbuchanan@utah.gov>
|
||||
* Durval Menezes <rclone@durval.com>
|
||||
* Victor <vb-github@viblo.se>
|
||||
* Mateusz <pabian.mateusz@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Daniel Loader <spicypixel@gmail.com>
|
||||
* David0rk <davidork@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Alexander Neumann <alexander@bumpern.de>
|
||||
* Giri Badanahatti <gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local>
|
||||
* Leo R. Lundgren <leo@finalresort.org>
|
||||
* wolfv <wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Dave Pedu <dave@davepedu.com>
|
||||
* Stefan Lindblom <lindblom@spotify.com>
|
||||
* seuffert <oliver@seuffert.biz>
|
||||
* gbadanahatti <37121690+gbadanahatti@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Keith Goldfarb <barkofdelight@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Steve Kriss <steve@heptio.com>
|
||||
* Chih-Hsuan Yen <yan12125@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Alexander Neumann <fd0@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Matt Holt <mholt@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Eri Bastos <bastos.eri@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Michael P. Dubner <pywebmail@list.ru>
|
||||
* Antoine GIRARD <sapk@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Mateusz Piotrowski <mpp302@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Animosity022 <animosity22@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Peter Baumgartner <pete@lincolnloop.com>
|
||||
* Craig Rachel <craig@craigrachel.com>
|
||||
* Michael G. Noll <miguno@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* hensur <me@hensur.de>
|
||||
* Oliver Heyme <de8olihe@lego.com>
|
||||
* Richard Yang <richard@yenforyang.com>
|
||||
* Piotr Oleszczyk <piotr.oleszczyk@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Rodrigo <rodarima@gmail.com>
|
||||
* NoLooseEnds <NoLooseEnds@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Jakub Karlicek <jakub@karlicek.me>
|
||||
* John Clayton <john@codemonkeylabs.com>
|
||||
* Kasper Byrdal Nielsen <byrdal76@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Benjamin Joseph Dag <bjdag1234@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* themylogin <themylogin@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Onno Zweers <onno.zweers@surfsara.nl>
|
||||
* Jasper Lievisse Adriaanse <jasper@humppa.nl>
|
||||
* sandeepkru <sandeep.ummadi@gmail.com>
|
||||
* HerrH <atomtigerzoo@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Andrew <4030760+sparkyman215@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* dan smith <XX1011@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Oleg Kovalov <iamolegkovalov@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Ruben Vandamme <github-com-00ff86@vandamme.email>
|
||||
* Cnly <minecnly@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Andres Alvarez <1671935+kir4h@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* reddi1 <xreddi@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Matt Tucker <matthewtckr@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Sebastian Bünger <buengese@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Martin Polden <mpolden@mpolden.no>
|
||||
* Alex Chen <Cnly@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
* Denis <deniskovpen@gmail.com>
|
||||
* bsteiss <35940619+bsteiss@users.noreply.github.com>
|
||||
201
.rclone_repo/docs/content/azureblob.md
Executable file
201
.rclone_repo/docs/content/azureblob.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Microsoft Azure Blob Storage"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Microsoft Azure Blob Storage"
|
||||
date: "2017-07-30"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-windows"></i> Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
|
||||
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg
|
||||
`remote:container/path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
configuration. For a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Box
|
||||
\ "box"
|
||||
5 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
9 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
10 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
11 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
\ "azureblob"
|
||||
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
15 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
16 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
17 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> azureblob
|
||||
Storage Account Name
|
||||
account> account_name
|
||||
Storage Account Key
|
||||
key> base64encodedkey==
|
||||
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
|
||||
endpoint>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
account = account_name
|
||||
key = base64encodedkey==
|
||||
endpoint =
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
See all containers
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Make a new container
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:container
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a container
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:container
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote container, deleting any excess
|
||||
files in the container.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the `mtime`
|
||||
key. It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond
|
||||
precision. The metadata is supplied during directory listings so
|
||||
there is no overhead to using it.
|
||||
|
||||
### Hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in
|
||||
chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5
|
||||
hashes, eg the local disk.
|
||||
|
||||
### Authenticating with Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone has 3 ways of authenticating with Azure Blob Storage:
|
||||
|
||||
#### Account and Key
|
||||
|
||||
This is the most straight forward and least flexible way. Just fill in the `account` and `key` lines and leave the rest blank.
|
||||
|
||||
#### SAS URL
|
||||
|
||||
This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
|
||||
|
||||
To use it leave `account`, `key` blank and fill in `sas_url`.
|
||||
|
||||
Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer.
|
||||
To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.
|
||||
|
||||
If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular container, eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:
|
||||
|
||||
Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.
|
||||
|
||||
However these will not work
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd azureblob:
|
||||
rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer
|
||||
|
||||
This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
|
||||
|
||||
### Multipart uploads ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files
|
||||
bigger than 256MB will be uploaded using chunked upload by default.
|
||||
|
||||
The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default).
|
||||
Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there may be up to
|
||||
`--transfers` of them being uploaded at once.
|
||||
|
||||
Files can't be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so
|
||||
the largest file that can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB.
|
||||
Above this rclone will double the chunk size until it creates less
|
||||
than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file size of
|
||||
3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using
|
||||
`--azureblob-chunk-size 100M`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone doesn't commit the block list until the end of the
|
||||
upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads
|
||||
in progress as Azure won't allow more than that amount of uncommitted
|
||||
blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --azureblob-upload-cutoff=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload - must be <= 256MB. The default
|
||||
is 256MB.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --azureblob-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Upload chunk size. Default 4MB. Note that this is stored in memory
|
||||
and there may be up to `--transfers` chunks stored at once in memory.
|
||||
This can be at most 100MB.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --azureblob-access-tier=Hot/Cool/Archive ####
|
||||
|
||||
Azure storage supports blob tiering, you can configure tier in advanced
|
||||
settings or supply flag while performing data transfer operations.
|
||||
If there is no `access tier` specified, rclone doesn't apply any tier.
|
||||
rclone performs `Set Tier` operation on blobs while uploading, if objects
|
||||
are not modified, specifying `access tier` to new one will have no effect.
|
||||
If blobs are in `archive tier` at remote, trying to perform data transfer
|
||||
operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by
|
||||
tiering blob to `Hot` or `Cool`.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5
|
||||
sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.
|
||||
328
.rclone_repo/docs/content/b2.md
Executable file
328
.rclone_repo/docs/content/b2.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "B2"
|
||||
description: "Backblaze B2"
|
||||
date: "2016-10-25"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-fire"></i>Backblaze B2
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
B2 is [Backblaze's cloud storage system](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/).
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
|
||||
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of making a b2 configuration. First run
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. You will
|
||||
need your account number (a short hex number) and key (a long hex
|
||||
number) which you can get from the b2 control panel.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 3
|
||||
Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
account> 123456789abc
|
||||
Application Key
|
||||
key> 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
|
||||
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
|
||||
endpoint>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
account = 123456789abc
|
||||
key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
|
||||
endpoint =
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
|
||||
|
||||
See all buckets
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new bucket
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a bucket
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any
|
||||
excess files in the bucket.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
### Application Keys ###
|
||||
|
||||
B2 supports multiple [Application Keys for different access permission
|
||||
to B2 Buckets](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/application_keys.html).
|
||||
|
||||
You can use these with rclone too.
|
||||
|
||||
Follow Backblaze's docs to create an Application Key with the required
|
||||
permission and add the `Application Key ID` as the `account` and the
|
||||
`Application Key` itself as the `key`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you must put the Application Key ID as the `account` - you
|
||||
can't use the master Account ID. If you try then B2 will return 401
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
|
||||
`X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis` as milliseconds since 1970-01-01
|
||||
in the Backblaze standard. Other tools should be able to use this as
|
||||
a modified time.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported except in
|
||||
the case of updating a modification time on an existing object. In
|
||||
this case the object will be uploaded again as B2 doesn't have an API
|
||||
method to set the modification time independent of doing an upload.
|
||||
|
||||
### SHA1 checksums ###
|
||||
|
||||
The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and
|
||||
will be used in the syncing process.
|
||||
|
||||
Large files (bigger than the limit in `--b2-upload-cutoff`) which are
|
||||
uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as
|
||||
`X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1` as recommended by Backblaze.
|
||||
|
||||
For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source
|
||||
needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1
|
||||
checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1.
|
||||
See [the overview](/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
|
||||
support SHA1.
|
||||
|
||||
Sources which don't support SHA1, in particular `crypt` will upload
|
||||
large files without SHA1 checksums. This may be fixed in the future
|
||||
(see [#1767](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1767)).
|
||||
|
||||
Files sizes below `--b2-upload-cutoff` will always have an SHA1
|
||||
regardless of the source.
|
||||
|
||||
### Transfers ###
|
||||
|
||||
Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for
|
||||
maximum speed. In tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum
|
||||
setting is about `--transfers 32` though higher numbers may be used
|
||||
for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may vary
|
||||
depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want
|
||||
to load your computer, etc. The default of `--transfers 4` is
|
||||
definitely too low for Backblaze B2 though.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MB by default) will use
|
||||
a 96 MB RAM buffer by default. There can be at most `--transfers` of
|
||||
these in use at any moment, so this sets the upper limit on the memory
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
### Versions ###
|
||||
|
||||
When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a [new version
|
||||
of it](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html).
|
||||
Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden
|
||||
and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in to a "hard delete"
|
||||
of files with the `--b2-hard-delete` flag which would permanently remove
|
||||
the file instead of hiding it.
|
||||
|
||||
Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the
|
||||
`--b2-versions` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
|
||||
`rclone cleanup remote:bucket` command which will delete all the old
|
||||
versions of files, leaving the current ones intact. You can also
|
||||
supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted,
|
||||
eg `rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff`.
|
||||
|
||||
When you `purge` a bucket, the current and the old versions will be
|
||||
deleted then the bucket will be deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
However `delete` will cause the current versions of the files to
|
||||
become hidden old versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old
|
||||
version followed by a `cleanup` of the old versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Show current version and all the versions with `--b2-versions` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
9 one.txt
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
9 one.txt
|
||||
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
|
||||
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||||
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Retrieve an old version
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q --b2-versions copy b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp
|
||||
|
||||
$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||||
-rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul 2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Clean up all the old versions and show that they've gone.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
9 one.txt
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
9 one.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Data usage ###
|
||||
|
||||
It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.
|
||||
|
||||
All copy commands send the following 4 requests:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The `b2_list_file_names` request will be sent once for every 1k files
|
||||
in the remote path, providing the checksum and modification time of
|
||||
the listed files. As of version 1.33 issue
|
||||
[#818](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/818) causes extra requests
|
||||
to be sent when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not
|
||||
require any files to be uploaded, no more requests will be sent.
|
||||
|
||||
Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per
|
||||
file upload:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to
|
||||
start and finish the upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/
|
||||
/b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --b2-chunk-size valuee=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
When uploading large files chunk the file into this size. Note that
|
||||
these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of
|
||||
`--transfers` chunks in progress at once. 5,000,000 Bytes is the
|
||||
minimim size (default 96M).
|
||||
|
||||
#### --b2-upload-cutoff=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 190.735 MiB == 200
|
||||
MB). Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of
|
||||
`--b2-chunk-size`.
|
||||
|
||||
This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB) as this is
|
||||
the largest file size that can be uploaded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### --b2-test-mode=FLAG ####
|
||||
|
||||
This is for debugging purposes only.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting FLAG to one of the strings below will cause b2 to return
|
||||
specific errors for debugging purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
* `fail_some_uploads`
|
||||
* `expire_some_account_authorization_tokens`
|
||||
* `force_cap_exceeded`
|
||||
|
||||
These will be set in the `X-Bz-Test-Mode` header which is documented
|
||||
in the [b2 integrations
|
||||
checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html).
|
||||
|
||||
#### --b2-versions ####
|
||||
|
||||
When set rclone will show and act on older versions of files. For example
|
||||
|
||||
Listing without `--b2-versions`
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
9 one.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
And with
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||||
9 one.txt
|
||||
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
|
||||
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||||
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can
|
||||
be seen. These have the UTC date that they were uploaded to the
|
||||
server to the nearest millisecond appended to them.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that when using `--b2-versions` no file write operations are
|
||||
permitted, so you can't upload files or delete them.
|
||||
242
.rclone_repo/docs/content/box.md
Executable file
242
.rclone_repo/docs/content/box.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Box"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Box"
|
||||
date: "2015-10-14"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-archive"></i> Box
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you
|
||||
need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Box
|
||||
\ "box"
|
||||
5 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
9 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
10 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
11 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
12 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
13 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
14 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
15 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
16 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> box
|
||||
Box App Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_id>
|
||||
Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_secret>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"XXX"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
See the [remote setup docs](/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
|
||||
machine with no Internet browser available.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens
|
||||
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
|
||||
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
|
||||
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your Box
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your Box
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Invalid refresh token ###
|
||||
|
||||
According to the [box docs](https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens):
|
||||
|
||||
> Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.
|
||||
|
||||
This means that if you
|
||||
|
||||
* Don't use the box remote for 60 days
|
||||
* Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places
|
||||
* Get an error on a token refresh
|
||||
|
||||
then rclone will return an error which includes the text `Invalid
|
||||
refresh token`.
|
||||
|
||||
To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh
|
||||
token. You can use the methods in [the remote setup
|
||||
docs](/remote_setup/), bearing in mind that if you use the copy the
|
||||
config file method, you should not use that remote on the computer you
|
||||
did the authentication on.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is how to do it.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone config
|
||||
Current remotes:
|
||||
|
||||
Name Type
|
||||
==== ====
|
||||
remote box
|
||||
|
||||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
d) Delete remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
|
||||
1 > remote
|
||||
remote> remote
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
type = box
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2017-07-08T23:40:08.059167677+01:00"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
Edit remote
|
||||
Value "client_id" = ""
|
||||
Edit? (y/n)>
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> n
|
||||
Value "client_secret" = ""
|
||||
Edit? (y/n)>
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> n
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Already have a token - refresh?
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
type = box
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"YYY","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"YYY","expiry":"2017-07-23T12:22:29.259137901+01:00"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
|
||||
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
|
||||
not.
|
||||
|
||||
Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
|
||||
flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### Transfers ###
|
||||
|
||||
For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will
|
||||
upload up to `--transfers` chunks at the same time (shared among all
|
||||
the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are
|
||||
normally 8MB so increasing `--transfers` will increase memory use.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will
|
||||
either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --box-upload-cutoff=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload - must be >= 50MB. The default
|
||||
is 50MB.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --box-commit-retries int ####
|
||||
|
||||
Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Box is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
|
||||
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
|
||||
|
||||
Box file names can't have the `\` character in. rclone maps this to
|
||||
and from an identical looking unicode equivalent `\`.
|
||||
|
||||
Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
|
||||
31
.rclone_repo/docs/content/bugs.md
Executable file
31
.rclone_repo/docs/content/bugs.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Bugs"
|
||||
description: "Rclone Bugs and Limitations"
|
||||
date: "2014-06-16"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Bugs and Limitations
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
### Empty directories are left behind / not created ##
|
||||
|
||||
With remotes that have a concept of directory, eg Local and Drive,
|
||||
empty directories may be left behind, or not created when one was
|
||||
expected.
|
||||
|
||||
This is because rclone doesn't have a concept of a directory - it only
|
||||
works on objects. Most of the object storage systems can't actually
|
||||
store a directory so there is nowhere for rclone to store anything
|
||||
about directories.
|
||||
|
||||
You can work round this to some extent with the`purge` command which
|
||||
will delete everything under the path, **inluding** empty directories.
|
||||
|
||||
This may be fixed at some point in
|
||||
[Issue #100](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/100)
|
||||
|
||||
### Directory timestamps aren't preserved ##
|
||||
|
||||
For the same reason as the above, rclone doesn't have a concept of a
|
||||
directory - it only works on objects, therefore it can't preserve the
|
||||
timestamps of directories.
|
||||
421
.rclone_repo/docs/content/cache.md
Executable file
421
.rclone_repo/docs/content/cache.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Cache"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for cache remote"
|
||||
date: "2017-09-03"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-archive"></i> Cache (BETA)
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The `cache` remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure
|
||||
and its data for long running tasks like `rclone mount`.
|
||||
|
||||
To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured
|
||||
with `cache`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `test-cache`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||||
name> test-cache
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
...
|
||||
5 / Cache a remote
|
||||
\ "cache"
|
||||
...
|
||||
Storage> 5
|
||||
Remote to cache.
|
||||
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
|
||||
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
|
||||
remote> local:/test
|
||||
Optional: The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
plex_url> http://127.0.0.1:32400
|
||||
Optional: The username of the Plex user
|
||||
plex_username> dummyusername
|
||||
Optional: The password of the Plex user
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||||
y/g/n> y
|
||||
Enter the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Confirm the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading.
|
||||
Default: 5M
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / 1MB
|
||||
\ "1m"
|
||||
2 / 5 MB
|
||||
\ "5M"
|
||||
3 / 10 MB
|
||||
\ "10M"
|
||||
chunk_size> 2
|
||||
How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. Use a very high value if you don't plan on changing the source FS from outside the cache.
|
||||
Accepted units are: "s", "m", "h".
|
||||
Default: 5m
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / 1 hour
|
||||
\ "1h"
|
||||
2 / 24 hours
|
||||
\ "24h"
|
||||
3 / 24 hours
|
||||
\ "48h"
|
||||
info_age> 2
|
||||
The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted.
|
||||
Default: 10G
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / 500 MB
|
||||
\ "500M"
|
||||
2 / 1 GB
|
||||
\ "1G"
|
||||
3 / 10 GB
|
||||
\ "10G"
|
||||
chunk_total_size> 3
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[test-cache]
|
||||
remote = local:/test
|
||||
plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400
|
||||
plex_username = dummyusername
|
||||
plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
chunk_size = 5M
|
||||
info_age = 48h
|
||||
chunk_total_size = 10G
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can then use it like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your drive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd test-cache:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your drive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls test-cache:
|
||||
|
||||
To start a cached mount
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache
|
||||
|
||||
### Write Features ###
|
||||
|
||||
### Offline uploading ###
|
||||
|
||||
In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend
|
||||
now supports this feature which can be activated by specifying a
|
||||
`cache-tmp-upload-path`.
|
||||
|
||||
A files goes through these states when using this feature:
|
||||
|
||||
1. An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)
|
||||
2. When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part
|
||||
of the cached remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)
|
||||
3. After `cache-tmp-wait-time` passes and the file is next in line, `rclone move`
|
||||
is used to move the file to the cloud provider
|
||||
4. Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be prohibited
|
||||
5. Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it
|
||||
becomes as any other regular file
|
||||
6. If the file is being read through `cache` when it's actually
|
||||
deleted from the temporary path then `cache` will simply swap the source
|
||||
to the cloud provider without interrupting the reading (small blip can happen though)
|
||||
|
||||
Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time.
|
||||
Uploads will be stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added.
|
||||
The queue and the temporary storage is persistent across restarts and even purges of the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
### Write Support ###
|
||||
|
||||
Writes are supported through `cache`.
|
||||
One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not add any retry or fallback
|
||||
mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the implementation
|
||||
of the wrapped remote. Consider using `Offline uploading` for reliable writes.
|
||||
|
||||
One special case is covered with `cache-writes` which will cache the file
|
||||
data at the same time as the upload when it is enabled making it available
|
||||
from the cache store immediately once the upload is finished.
|
||||
|
||||
### Read Features ###
|
||||
|
||||
#### Multiple connections ####
|
||||
|
||||
To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running
|
||||
and cloud providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the
|
||||
cloud provider for smaller file chunks and combines them together locally
|
||||
where they can be available almost immediately before the reader usually
|
||||
needs them.
|
||||
|
||||
This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone
|
||||
will stay around the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead
|
||||
and prepare the data before.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Plex Integration ####
|
||||
|
||||
There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading
|
||||
if the file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries
|
||||
the cloud provider depending on what is needed for.
|
||||
|
||||
Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache
|
||||
will deploy the configured number of workers.
|
||||
|
||||
This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements
|
||||
which will be explored in the near future.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** If Plex options are not configured, `cache` will function with its
|
||||
configured options without adapting any of its settings.
|
||||
|
||||
How to enable? Run `rclone config` and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username
|
||||
and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Affected settings:
|
||||
- `cache-workers`: _Configured value_ during confirmed playback or _1_ all the other times
|
||||
|
||||
### Known issues ###
|
||||
|
||||
#### Mount and --dir-cache-time ####
|
||||
|
||||
--dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount layer.
|
||||
Being an independent caching mechanism from the `cache` backend, it will manage its own entries
|
||||
based on the configured time.
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct
|
||||
one, try to set `--dir-cache-time` to a lower time than `--cache-info-age`. Default values are
|
||||
already configured in this way.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Windows support - Experimental ####
|
||||
|
||||
There are a couple of issues with Windows `mount` functionality that still require some investigations.
|
||||
It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems
|
||||
on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.
|
||||
|
||||
Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.
|
||||
|
||||
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1935
|
||||
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1907
|
||||
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1834
|
||||
|
||||
#### Risk of throttling ####
|
||||
|
||||
Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality
|
||||
of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it
|
||||
more tolerant to failures.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime
|
||||
there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider
|
||||
throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.
|
||||
|
||||
Some recommendations:
|
||||
- don't use a very small interval for entry informations (`--cache-info-age`)
|
||||
- while writes aren't yet optimised, you can still write through `cache` which gives you the advantage
|
||||
of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
Future enhancements:
|
||||
|
||||
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1937
|
||||
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1936
|
||||
|
||||
#### cache and crypt ####
|
||||
|
||||
One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider
|
||||
using the `crypt` remote. `crypt` uses a similar technique to wrap around
|
||||
an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.
|
||||
|
||||
There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order:
|
||||
<span style="color:red">**cloud remote** -> **crypt** -> **cache**</span>
|
||||
|
||||
During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order.
|
||||
I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider
|
||||
which makes it think we're downloading the full file instead of small chunks.
|
||||
Organizing the remotes in this order yelds better results:
|
||||
<span style="color:green">**cloud remote** -> **cache** -> **crypt**</span>
|
||||
|
||||
### Cache and Remote Control (--rc) ###
|
||||
Cache supports the new `--rc` mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the following end points:
|
||||
By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### rc cache/expire
|
||||
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
|
||||
It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.
|
||||
|
||||
Params:
|
||||
- **remote** = path to remote **(required)**
|
||||
- **withData** = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well _(optional, false by default)_
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-db-path=PATH ####
|
||||
|
||||
Path to where the file structure metadata (DB) is stored locally. The remote
|
||||
name is used as the DB file name.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: <rclone default cache path>/cache-backend/<remote name>
|
||||
**Example**: /.cache/cache-backend/test-cache
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-chunk-path=PATH ####
|
||||
|
||||
Path to where partial file data (chunks) is stored locally. The remote
|
||||
name is appended to the final path.
|
||||
|
||||
This config follows the `--cache-db-path`. If you specify a custom
|
||||
location for `--cache-db-path` and don't specify one for `--cache-chunk-path`
|
||||
then `--cache-chunk-path` will use the same path as `--cache-db-path`.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: <rclone default cache path>/cache-backend/<remote name>
|
||||
**Example**: /.cache/cache-backend/test-cache
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-db-purge ####
|
||||
|
||||
Flag to clear all the cached data for this remote before.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: not set
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
The size of a chunk (partial file data). Use lower numbers for slower
|
||||
connections. If the chunk size is changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 5M
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-total-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. If `cache`
|
||||
exceeds this value then it will start to the delete the oldest chunks until
|
||||
it goes under this value.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 10G
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-chunk-clean-interval=DURATION ####
|
||||
|
||||
How often should `cache` perform cleanups of the chunk storage. The default value
|
||||
should be ok for most people. If you find that `cache` goes over `cache-total-chunk-size`
|
||||
too often then try to lower this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 1m
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-info-age=DURATION ####
|
||||
|
||||
How long to keep file structure information (directory listings, file size,
|
||||
mod times etc) locally.
|
||||
|
||||
If all write operations are done through `cache` then you can safely make
|
||||
this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 6h
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-read-retries=RETRIES ####
|
||||
|
||||
How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.
|
||||
|
||||
Since reading from a `cache` stream is independent from downloading file data,
|
||||
readers can get to a point where there's no more data in the cache.
|
||||
Most of the times this can indicate a connectivity issue if `cache` isn't
|
||||
able to provide file data anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is
|
||||
able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 10
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-workers=WORKERS ####
|
||||
|
||||
How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.
|
||||
|
||||
Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed) and
|
||||
more concurrent requests on the cloud provider.
|
||||
This impacts several aspects like the cloud provider API limits, more stress
|
||||
on the hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams will
|
||||
be more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this setting
|
||||
will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value specified here will be used
|
||||
as a maximum number of workers to use.
|
||||
**Default**: 4
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-chunk-no-memory ####
|
||||
|
||||
By default, `cache` will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well
|
||||
to provide it to readers as fast as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of
|
||||
chunks stored doesn't exceed the number of workers. However, depending
|
||||
on other settings like `cache-chunk-size` and `cache-workers` this footprint
|
||||
can increase if there are parallel streams too (multiple files being read
|
||||
at the same time).
|
||||
|
||||
If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better
|
||||
performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not
|
||||
available on the local machine.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: not set
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-rps=NUMBER ####
|
||||
|
||||
This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second that `cache`
|
||||
will be doing to the cloud provider remote and try to respect that value
|
||||
by setting waits between reads.
|
||||
|
||||
If you find that you're getting banned or limited on the cloud provider
|
||||
through cache and know that a smaller number of requests per second will
|
||||
allow you to work with it then you can use this setting for that.
|
||||
|
||||
A good balance of all the other settings should make this
|
||||
setting useless but it is available to set for more special cases.
|
||||
|
||||
**NOTE**: This will limit the number of requests during streams but other
|
||||
API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will still pass.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: disabled
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-writes ####
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through `cache`
|
||||
you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the cache store at the
|
||||
same time during upload.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: not set
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-tmp-upload-path=PATH ####
|
||||
|
||||
This is the path where `cache` will use as a temporary storage for new files
|
||||
that need to be uploaded to the cloud provider.
|
||||
|
||||
Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is completely disabled
|
||||
and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud provider
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: empty
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-tmp-wait-time=DURATION ####
|
||||
|
||||
This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location
|
||||
_cache-tmp-upload-path_ before it is selected for upload.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer to
|
||||
start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 15m
|
||||
|
||||
#### --cache-db-wait-time=DURATION ####
|
||||
|
||||
Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits
|
||||
for this duration for the DB to become available before it gives an
|
||||
error.
|
||||
|
||||
If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
|
||||
|
||||
**Default**: 1s
|
||||
1401
.rclone_repo/docs/content/changelog.md
Executable file
1401
.rclone_repo/docs/content/changelog.md
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
367
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone.md
Executable file
367
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone"
|
||||
slug: rclone
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone
|
||||
|
||||
Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and
|
||||
from various cloud storage systems and using file transfer services, such as:
|
||||
|
||||
* Amazon Drive
|
||||
* Amazon S3
|
||||
* Backblaze B2
|
||||
* Box
|
||||
* Dropbox
|
||||
* FTP
|
||||
* Google Cloud Storage
|
||||
* Google Drive
|
||||
* HTTP
|
||||
* Hubic
|
||||
* Jottacloud
|
||||
* Mega
|
||||
* Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
* Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
* OpenDrive
|
||||
* Openstack Swift / Rackspace cloud files / Memset Memstore
|
||||
* pCloud
|
||||
* QingStor
|
||||
* SFTP
|
||||
* Webdav / Owncloud / Nextcloud
|
||||
* Yandex Disk
|
||||
* The local filesystem
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
|
||||
* MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
|
||||
* Timestamps preserved on files
|
||||
* Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
|
||||
* Copy mode to just copy new/changed files
|
||||
* Sync (one way) mode to make a directory identical
|
||||
* Check mode to check for file hash equality
|
||||
* Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
|
||||
|
||||
See the home page for installation, usage, documentation, changelog
|
||||
and configuration walkthroughs.
|
||||
|
||||
* https://rclone.org/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
-h, --help help for rclone
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
-V, --version Print the version number
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone about](/commands/rclone_about/) - Get quota information from the remote.
|
||||
* [rclone authorize](/commands/rclone_authorize/) - Remote authorization.
|
||||
* [rclone cachestats](/commands/rclone_cachestats/) - Print cache stats for a remote
|
||||
* [rclone cat](/commands/rclone_cat/) - Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
|
||||
* [rclone check](/commands/rclone_check/) - Checks the files in the source and destination match.
|
||||
* [rclone cleanup](/commands/rclone_cleanup/) - Clean up the remote if possible
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
* [rclone copy](/commands/rclone_copy/) - Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
|
||||
* [rclone copyto](/commands/rclone_copyto/) - Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
|
||||
* [rclone copyurl](/commands/rclone_copyurl/) - Copy url content to dest.
|
||||
* [rclone cryptcheck](/commands/rclone_cryptcheck/) - Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
|
||||
* [rclone cryptdecode](/commands/rclone_cryptdecode/) - Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
|
||||
* [rclone dbhashsum](/commands/rclone_dbhashsum/) - Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
* [rclone dedupe](/commands/rclone_dedupe/) - Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
|
||||
* [rclone delete](/commands/rclone_delete/) - Remove the contents of path.
|
||||
* [rclone deletefile](/commands/rclone_deletefile/) - Remove a single file from remote.
|
||||
* [rclone genautocomplete](/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) - Output completion script for a given shell.
|
||||
* [rclone gendocs](/commands/rclone_gendocs/) - Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
|
||||
* [rclone hashsum](/commands/rclone_hashsum/) - Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
* [rclone link](/commands/rclone_link/) - Generate public link to file/folder.
|
||||
* [rclone listremotes](/commands/rclone_listremotes/) - List all the remotes in the config file.
|
||||
* [rclone ls](/commands/rclone_ls/) - List the objects in the path with size and path.
|
||||
* [rclone lsd](/commands/rclone_lsd/) - List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
|
||||
* [rclone lsf](/commands/rclone_lsf/) - List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
|
||||
* [rclone lsjson](/commands/rclone_lsjson/) - List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
|
||||
* [rclone lsl](/commands/rclone_lsl/) - List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
|
||||
* [rclone md5sum](/commands/rclone_md5sum/) - Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
* [rclone mkdir](/commands/rclone_mkdir/) - Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
|
||||
* [rclone mount](/commands/rclone_mount/) - Mount the remote as a mountpoint. **EXPERIMENTAL**
|
||||
* [rclone move](/commands/rclone_move/) - Move files from source to dest.
|
||||
* [rclone moveto](/commands/rclone_moveto/) - Move file or directory from source to dest.
|
||||
* [rclone ncdu](/commands/rclone_ncdu/) - Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
|
||||
* [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/) - Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
|
||||
* [rclone purge](/commands/rclone_purge/) - Remove the path and all of its contents.
|
||||
* [rclone rc](/commands/rclone_rc/) - Run a command against a running rclone.
|
||||
* [rclone rcat](/commands/rclone_rcat/) - Copies standard input to file on remote.
|
||||
* [rclone rmdir](/commands/rclone_rmdir/) - Remove the path if empty.
|
||||
* [rclone rmdirs](/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) - Remove empty directories under the path.
|
||||
* [rclone serve](/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a protocol.
|
||||
* [rclone sha1sum](/commands/rclone_sha1sum/) - Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
* [rclone size](/commands/rclone_size/) - Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
|
||||
* [rclone sync](/commands/rclone_sync/) - Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
|
||||
* [rclone touch](/commands/rclone_touch/) - Create new file or change file modification time.
|
||||
* [rclone tree](/commands/rclone_tree/) - List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
|
||||
* [rclone version](/commands/rclone_version/) - Show the version number.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
330
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md
Executable file
330
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone about"
|
||||
slug: rclone_about
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_about/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone about
|
||||
|
||||
Get quota information from the remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes
|
||||
used in the trash. Not supported by all remotes.
|
||||
|
||||
This will print to stdout something like this:
|
||||
|
||||
Total: 17G
|
||||
Used: 7.444G
|
||||
Free: 1.315G
|
||||
Trashed: 100.000M
|
||||
Other: 8.241G
|
||||
|
||||
Where the fields are:
|
||||
|
||||
* Total: total size available.
|
||||
* Used: total size used
|
||||
* Free: total amount this user could upload.
|
||||
* Trashed: total amount in the trash
|
||||
* Other: total amount in other storage (eg Gmail, Google Photos)
|
||||
* Objects: total number of objects in the storage
|
||||
|
||||
Note that not all the backends provide all the fields - they will be
|
||||
missing if they are not known for that backend. Where it is known
|
||||
that the value is unlimited the value will also be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
Use the --full flag to see the numbers written out in full, eg
|
||||
|
||||
Total: 18253611008
|
||||
Used: 7993453766
|
||||
Free: 1411001220
|
||||
Trashed: 104857602
|
||||
Other: 8849156022
|
||||
|
||||
Use the --json flag for a computer readable output, eg
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
"total": 18253611008,
|
||||
"used": 7993453766,
|
||||
"trashed": 104857602,
|
||||
"other": 8849156022,
|
||||
"free": 1411001220
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone about remote: [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--full Full numbers instead of SI units
|
||||
-h, --help help for about
|
||||
--json Format output as JSON
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone authorize"
|
||||
slug: rclone_authorize
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_authorize/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone authorize
|
||||
|
||||
Remote authorization.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless
|
||||
rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by
|
||||
rclone config.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone authorize [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for authorize
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
288
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cachestats.md
Executable file
288
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cachestats.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone cachestats"
|
||||
slug: rclone_cachestats
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_cachestats/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone cachestats
|
||||
|
||||
Print cache stats for a remote
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone cachestats source: [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for cachestats
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
310
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md
Executable file
310
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone cat"
|
||||
slug: rclone_cat
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_cat/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone cat
|
||||
|
||||
Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use it like this to output a single file
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cat remote:path/to/file
|
||||
|
||||
Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
|
||||
|
||||
Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
|
||||
|
||||
Use the --head flag to print characters only at the start, --tail for
|
||||
the end and --offset and --count to print a section in the middle.
|
||||
Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so
|
||||
--offset -1 --count 1 is equivalent to --tail 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone cat remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--count int Only print N characters. (default -1)
|
||||
--discard Discard the output instead of printing.
|
||||
--head int Only print the first N characters.
|
||||
-h, --help help for cat
|
||||
--offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve).
|
||||
--tail int Only print the last N characters.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
304
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md
Executable file
304
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone check"
|
||||
slug: rclone_check
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_check/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone check
|
||||
|
||||
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares
|
||||
sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don't
|
||||
match. It doesn't alter the source or destination.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not
|
||||
the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --download flag, it will download the data from
|
||||
both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can
|
||||
be useful for remotes that don't support hashes or if you really want
|
||||
to check all the data.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in source
|
||||
match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in
|
||||
destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--download Check by downloading rather than with hash.
|
||||
-h, --help help for check
|
||||
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone cleanup"
|
||||
slug: rclone_cleanup
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_cleanup/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone cleanup
|
||||
|
||||
Clean up the remote if possible
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file
|
||||
versions. Not supported by all remotes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for cleanup
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
298
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md
Executable file
298
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
|
||||
remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
|
||||
password to protect your configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for config
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
* [rclone config create](/commands/rclone_config_create/) - Create a new remote with name, type and options.
|
||||
* [rclone config delete](/commands/rclone_config_delete/) - Delete an existing remote <name>.
|
||||
* [rclone config dump](/commands/rclone_config_dump/) - Dump the config file as JSON.
|
||||
* [rclone config edit](/commands/rclone_config_edit/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
* [rclone config file](/commands/rclone_config_file/) - Show path of configuration file in use.
|
||||
* [rclone config password](/commands/rclone_config_password/) - Update password in an existing remote.
|
||||
* [rclone config providers](/commands/rclone_config_providers/) - List in JSON format all the providers and options.
|
||||
* [rclone config show](/commands/rclone_config_show/) - Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
|
||||
* [rclone config update](/commands/rclone_config_update/) - Update options in an existing remote.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
294
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md
Executable file
294
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config create"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_create
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_create/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config create
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new remote with name, type and options.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new remote of <name> with <type> and options. The options
|
||||
should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.
|
||||
|
||||
For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
|
||||
you would do:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for create
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config delete"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_delete
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_delete/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config delete
|
||||
|
||||
Delete an existing remote <name>.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Delete an existing remote <name>.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config delete <name> [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for delete
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config dump"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_dump
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_dump/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config dump
|
||||
|
||||
Dump the config file as JSON.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Dump the config file as JSON.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config dump [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for dump
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config edit"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_edit
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_edit/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config edit
|
||||
|
||||
Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
|
||||
remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
|
||||
password to protect your configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config edit [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for edit
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config file"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_file
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_file/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config file
|
||||
|
||||
Show path of configuration file in use.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Show path of configuration file in use.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config file [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for file
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
293
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md
Executable file
293
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config password"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_password
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_password/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config password
|
||||
|
||||
Update password in an existing remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Update an existing remote's password. The password
|
||||
should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.
|
||||
|
||||
For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for password
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config providers"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_providers
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_providers/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config providers
|
||||
|
||||
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config providers [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for providers
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config show"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_show
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_show/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config show
|
||||
|
||||
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for show
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
293
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md
Executable file
293
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone config update"
|
||||
slug: rclone_config_update
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_config_update/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone config update
|
||||
|
||||
Update options in an existing remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in
|
||||
in pairs of <key> <value>.
|
||||
|
||||
For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for update
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive configuration session.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
322
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md
Executable file
322
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone copy"
|
||||
slug: rclone_copy
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_copy/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone copy
|
||||
|
||||
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Copy the source to the destination. Doesn't transfer
|
||||
unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or
|
||||
MD5SUM. Doesn't delete files from the destination.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced,
|
||||
not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it's the
|
||||
contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and
|
||||
contents.
|
||||
|
||||
If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents
|
||||
go there.
|
||||
|
||||
For example
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
|
||||
|
||||
Let's say there are two files in sourcepath
|
||||
|
||||
sourcepath/one.txt
|
||||
sourcepath/two.txt
|
||||
|
||||
This copies them to
|
||||
|
||||
destpath/one.txt
|
||||
destpath/two.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Not to
|
||||
|
||||
destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
|
||||
destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
|
||||
|
||||
If you are familiar with `rsync`, rclone always works as if you had
|
||||
written a trailing / - meaning "copy the contents of this directory".
|
||||
This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the
|
||||
source or destination.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for copy
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
312
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md
Executable file
312
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone copyto"
|
||||
slug: rclone_copyto
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_copyto/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone copyto
|
||||
|
||||
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or
|
||||
directory named dest:path.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be used to upload single files to other than their current
|
||||
name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy
|
||||
command.
|
||||
|
||||
So
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copyto src dst
|
||||
|
||||
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or
|
||||
/path/to/local or C:\windows\path\if\on\windows.
|
||||
|
||||
This will:
|
||||
|
||||
if src is file
|
||||
copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
|
||||
if src is directory
|
||||
copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
|
||||
see copy command for full details
|
||||
|
||||
This doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
|
||||
modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn't delete files from the
|
||||
destination.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for copyto
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone copyurl"
|
||||
slug: rclone_copyurl
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_copyurl/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone copyurl
|
||||
|
||||
Copy url content to dest.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Download urls content and copy it to destination
|
||||
without saving it in tmp storage.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for copyurl
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
314
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md
Executable file
314
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone cryptcheck"
|
||||
slug: rclone_cryptcheck
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_cryptcheck/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone cryptcheck
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is
|
||||
the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the
|
||||
checksums of the crypted remote.
|
||||
|
||||
For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support
|
||||
some kind of checksum.
|
||||
|
||||
It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and
|
||||
using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the
|
||||
checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the
|
||||
checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
|
||||
|
||||
Use it like this
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
|
||||
|
||||
You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all
|
||||
the files in remote:path.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
|
||||
|
||||
After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in source
|
||||
match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in
|
||||
destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for cryptcheck
|
||||
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on destination
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
298
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md
Executable file
298
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone cryptdecode"
|
||||
slug: rclone_cryptdecode
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_cryptdecode/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone cryptdecode
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with
|
||||
a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.
|
||||
|
||||
use it like this
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
|
||||
|
||||
rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for cryptdecode
|
||||
--reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
291
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_dbhashsum.md
Executable file
291
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_dbhashsum.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone dbhashsum"
|
||||
slug: rclone_dbhashsum
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_dbhashsum/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone dbhashsum
|
||||
|
||||
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The
|
||||
hashes are calculated according to [Dropbox content hash
|
||||
rules](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
|
||||
The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for dbhashsum
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
367
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md
Executable file
367
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone dedupe"
|
||||
slug: rclone_dedupe
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_dedupe/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone dedupe
|
||||
|
||||
Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
By default `dedupe` interactively finds duplicate files and offers to
|
||||
delete all but one or rename them to be different. Only useful with
|
||||
Google Drive which can have duplicate file names.
|
||||
|
||||
In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It
|
||||
will do this iteratively until all the identical directories have been
|
||||
merged.
|
||||
|
||||
The `dedupe` command will delete all but one of any identical (same
|
||||
md5sum) files it finds without confirmation. This means that for most
|
||||
duplicated files the `dedupe` command will not be interactive. You
|
||||
can use `--dry-run` to see what would happen without doing anything.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example run.
|
||||
|
||||
Before - with duplicates
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
|
||||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
|
||||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
|
||||
564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
|
||||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
|
||||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
|
||||
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
|
||||
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Now the `dedupe` session
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
|
||||
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
|
||||
one.txt: Found 4 duplicates - deleting identical copies
|
||||
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (md5sum "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
|
||||
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
|
||||
1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
|
||||
2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
|
||||
s) Skip and do nothing
|
||||
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
|
||||
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
|
||||
s/k/r> k
|
||||
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
|
||||
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
|
||||
two.txt: Found 3 duplicates - deleting identical copies
|
||||
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
|
||||
1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
|
||||
2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
|
||||
3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, md5sum 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
|
||||
s) Skip and do nothing
|
||||
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
|
||||
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
|
||||
s/k/r> r
|
||||
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
|
||||
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
|
||||
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
|
||||
|
||||
The result being
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
|
||||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
|
||||
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
|
||||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
|
||||
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Dedupe can be run non interactively using the `--dedupe-mode` flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value
|
||||
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode interactive` - interactive as above.
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode skip` - removes identical files then skips anything left.
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode first` - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode newest` - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode oldest` - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode largest` - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.
|
||||
* `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
|
||||
|
||||
For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
|
||||
|
||||
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
|
||||
|
||||
Or
|
||||
|
||||
rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|rename. (default "interactive")
|
||||
-h, --help help for dedupe
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
303
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md
Executable file
303
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone delete"
|
||||
slug: rclone_delete
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_delete/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone delete
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the contents of path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the contents of path. Unlike `purge` it obeys include/exclude
|
||||
filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
|
||||
|
||||
Check what would be deleted first (use either)
|
||||
|
||||
rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
|
||||
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
|
||||
|
||||
Then delete
|
||||
|
||||
rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
|
||||
|
||||
That reads "delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB", hence
|
||||
delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone delete remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for delete
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
290
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md
Executable file
290
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone deletefile"
|
||||
slug: rclone_deletefile
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_deletefile/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone deletefile
|
||||
|
||||
Remove a single file from remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remove a single file from remote. Unlike `delete` it cannot be used to
|
||||
remove a directory and it doesn't obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists,
|
||||
it will always be removed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for deletefile
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
287
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete.md
Executable file
287
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone genautocomplete"
|
||||
slug: rclone_genautocomplete
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_genautocomplete/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone genautocomplete
|
||||
|
||||
Output completion script for a given shell.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Generates a shell completion script for rclone.
|
||||
Run with --help to list the supported shells.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for genautocomplete
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
* [rclone genautocomplete bash](/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/) - Output bash completion script for rclone.
|
||||
* [rclone genautocomplete zsh](/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/) - Output zsh completion script for rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
301
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash.md
Executable file
301
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone genautocomplete bash"
|
||||
slug: rclone_genautocomplete_bash
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone genautocomplete bash
|
||||
|
||||
Output bash completion script for rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will
|
||||
probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
|
||||
|
||||
sudo rclone genautocomplete bash
|
||||
|
||||
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
|
||||
them directly
|
||||
|
||||
. /etc/bash_completion
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
|
||||
there.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for bash
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone genautocomplete](/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) - Output completion script for a given shell.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
301
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh.md
Executable file
301
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone genautocomplete zsh"
|
||||
slug: rclone_genautocomplete_zsh
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone genautocomplete zsh
|
||||
|
||||
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will
|
||||
probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
|
||||
|
||||
sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh
|
||||
|
||||
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
|
||||
them directly
|
||||
|
||||
autoload -U compinit && compinit
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
|
||||
there.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for zsh
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone genautocomplete](/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) - Output completion script for a given shell.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone gendocs"
|
||||
slug: rclone_gendocs
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_gendocs/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone gendocs
|
||||
|
||||
Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory
|
||||
supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the
|
||||
rclone.org website.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for gendocs
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
303
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md
Executable file
303
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone hashsum"
|
||||
slug: rclone_hashsum
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_hashsum/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone hashsum
|
||||
|
||||
Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash
|
||||
named. The output is in the same format as the standard
|
||||
md5sum/sha1sum tool.
|
||||
|
||||
Run without a hash to see the list of supported hashes, eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone hashsum
|
||||
Supported hashes are:
|
||||
* MD5
|
||||
* SHA-1
|
||||
* DropboxHash
|
||||
* QuickXorHash
|
||||
|
||||
Then
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for hashsum
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
296
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md
Executable file
296
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone link"
|
||||
slug: rclone_link
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_link/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone link
|
||||
|
||||
Generate public link to file/folder.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone link remote:path/to/file
|
||||
rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
|
||||
|
||||
If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact
|
||||
capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always be created with
|
||||
the least constraints – e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible
|
||||
without account.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone link remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for link
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
291
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md
Executable file
291
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone listremotes"
|
||||
slug: rclone_listremotes
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_listremotes/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone listremotes
|
||||
|
||||
List all the remotes in the config file.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
|
||||
|
||||
When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone listremotes [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for listremotes
|
||||
-l, --long Show the type as well as names.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
320
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md
Executable file
320
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone ls"
|
||||
slug: rclone_ls
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_ls/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone ls
|
||||
|
||||
List the objects in the path with size and path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
|
||||
readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone ls swift:bucket
|
||||
60295 bevajer5jef
|
||||
90613 canole
|
||||
94467 diwogej7
|
||||
37600 fubuwic
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
|
||||
|
||||
There are several related list commands
|
||||
|
||||
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsd` to list directories only
|
||||
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
|
||||
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
|
||||
|
||||
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
|
||||
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
|
||||
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
|
||||
|
||||
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
|
||||
|
||||
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
|
||||
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
|
||||
the bucket based remotes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone ls remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for ls
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
331
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md
Executable file
331
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone lsd"
|
||||
slug: rclone_lsd
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_lsd/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone lsd
|
||||
|
||||
List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not
|
||||
recurse by default. Use the -R flag to recurse.
|
||||
|
||||
This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if
|
||||
not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the
|
||||
number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name
|
||||
of the directory, Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsd swift:
|
||||
494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20 10000 10000files
|
||||
65 2018-04-26 08:43:20 1 1File
|
||||
|
||||
Or
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsd drive:test
|
||||
-1 2016-10-17 17:41:53 -1 1000files
|
||||
-1 2017-01-03 14:40:54 -1 2500files
|
||||
-1 2017-07-08 14:39:28 -1 4000files
|
||||
|
||||
If you just want the directory names use "rclone lsf --dirs-only".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
|
||||
|
||||
There are several related list commands
|
||||
|
||||
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsd` to list directories only
|
||||
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
|
||||
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
|
||||
|
||||
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
|
||||
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
|
||||
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
|
||||
|
||||
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
|
||||
|
||||
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
|
||||
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
|
||||
the bucket based remotes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for lsd
|
||||
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
409
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md
Executable file
409
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone lsf"
|
||||
slug: rclone_lsf
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_lsf/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone lsf
|
||||
|
||||
List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to
|
||||
standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By
|
||||
default this will just be the names of the objects and directories,
|
||||
one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
|
||||
bevajer5jef
|
||||
canole
|
||||
diwogej7
|
||||
ferejej3gux/
|
||||
fubuwic
|
||||
|
||||
Use the --format option to control what gets listed. By default this
|
||||
is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the
|
||||
output:
|
||||
|
||||
p - path
|
||||
s - size
|
||||
t - modification time
|
||||
h - hash
|
||||
i - ID of object if known
|
||||
m - MimeType of object if known
|
||||
|
||||
So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use
|
||||
--format "pst", or maybe --format "tsp" to put the path last.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsf --format "tsp" swift:bucket
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
|
||||
2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
|
||||
|
||||
If you specify "h" in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default,
|
||||
use the "--hash" flag to change which hash you want. Note that this
|
||||
can be returned as an empty string if it isn't available on the object
|
||||
(and for directories), "ERROR" if there was an error reading it from
|
||||
the object and "UNSUPPORTED" if that object does not support that hash
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only swift:bucket
|
||||
7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3 bevajer5jef
|
||||
cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc canole
|
||||
03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91 diwogej7
|
||||
8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d fubuwic
|
||||
99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b gixacuh7ku
|
||||
|
||||
(Though "rclone md5sum ." is an easier way of typing this.)
|
||||
|
||||
By default the separator is ";" this can be changed with the
|
||||
--separator flag. Note that separators aren't escaped in the path so
|
||||
putting it last is a good strategy.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsf --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
|
||||
2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
|
||||
2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
|
||||
|
||||
You can output in CSV standard format. This will escape things in "
|
||||
if they contain ,
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
|
||||
test.log,22355
|
||||
test.sh,449
|
||||
"this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the --absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files
|
||||
to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from flag.
|
||||
|
||||
For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy
|
||||
those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
|
||||
rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
|
||||
|
||||
There are several related list commands
|
||||
|
||||
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsd` to list directories only
|
||||
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
|
||||
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
|
||||
|
||||
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
|
||||
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
|
||||
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
|
||||
|
||||
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
|
||||
|
||||
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
|
||||
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
|
||||
the bucket based remotes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--absolute Put a leading / in front of path names.
|
||||
--csv Output in CSV format.
|
||||
-d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names. (default true)
|
||||
--dirs-only Only list directories.
|
||||
--files-only Only list files.
|
||||
-F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p")
|
||||
--hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "MD5")
|
||||
-h, --help help for lsf
|
||||
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
|
||||
-s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format. (default ";")
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
349
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md
Executable file
349
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone lsjson"
|
||||
slug: rclone_lsjson
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_lsjson/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone lsjson
|
||||
|
||||
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
|
||||
|
||||
The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
"Hashes" : {
|
||||
"SHA-1" : "f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f",
|
||||
"MD5" : "b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184",
|
||||
"DropboxHash" : "ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc"
|
||||
},
|
||||
"ID": "y2djkhiujf83u33",
|
||||
"OrigID": "UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA",
|
||||
"IsDir" : false,
|
||||
"MimeType" : "application/octet-stream",
|
||||
"ModTime" : "2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00",
|
||||
"Name" : "file.txt",
|
||||
"Encrypted" : "v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
|
||||
"Path" : "full/path/goes/here/file.txt",
|
||||
"Size" : 6
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
If --hash is not specified the Hashes property won't be emitted.
|
||||
|
||||
If --no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank.
|
||||
|
||||
If --encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won't be emitted.
|
||||
|
||||
The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed.
|
||||
If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt"
|
||||
will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt".
|
||||
When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.
|
||||
|
||||
The time is in RFC3339 format with nanosecond precision.
|
||||
|
||||
The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it
|
||||
can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.
|
||||
|
||||
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
|
||||
|
||||
There are several related list commands
|
||||
|
||||
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsd` to list directories only
|
||||
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
|
||||
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
|
||||
|
||||
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
|
||||
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
|
||||
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
|
||||
|
||||
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
|
||||
|
||||
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
|
||||
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
|
||||
the bucket based remotes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-M, --encrypted Show the encrypted names.
|
||||
--hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
|
||||
-h, --help help for lsjson
|
||||
--no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||||
--original Show the ID of the underlying Object.
|
||||
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
320
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md
Executable file
320
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone lsl"
|
||||
slug: rclone_lsl
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_lsl/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone lsl
|
||||
|
||||
List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
|
||||
readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
|
||||
60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
|
||||
90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
|
||||
94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
|
||||
37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
|
||||
|
||||
There are several related list commands
|
||||
|
||||
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
|
||||
* `lsd` to list directories only
|
||||
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
|
||||
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
|
||||
|
||||
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
|
||||
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
|
||||
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
|
||||
|
||||
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
|
||||
|
||||
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
|
||||
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
|
||||
the bucket based remotes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for lsl
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone md5sum"
|
||||
slug: rclone_md5sum
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_md5sum/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone md5sum
|
||||
|
||||
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This
|
||||
is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for md5sum
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone mkdir"
|
||||
slug: rclone_mkdir
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_mkdir/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone mkdir
|
||||
|
||||
Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for mkdir
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
590
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md
Executable file
590
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone mount"
|
||||
slug: rclone_mount
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_mount/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone mount
|
||||
|
||||
Mount the remote as a mountpoint. **EXPERIMENTAL**
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to
|
||||
mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with
|
||||
FUSE.
|
||||
|
||||
This is **EXPERIMENTAL** - use with care.
|
||||
|
||||
First set up your remote using `rclone config`. Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Start the mount like this
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
|
||||
|
||||
Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
|
||||
|
||||
When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal,
|
||||
the mount is automatically stopped.
|
||||
|
||||
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
|
||||
When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually with
|
||||
|
||||
# Linux
|
||||
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
|
||||
# OS X
|
||||
umount /path/to/local/mount
|
||||
|
||||
### Installing on Windows
|
||||
|
||||
To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to
|
||||
download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
|
||||
|
||||
WinFsp is an [open source](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp)
|
||||
Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file
|
||||
systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone
|
||||
uses combination with
|
||||
[cgofuse](https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse). Both of these
|
||||
packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the
|
||||
implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Windows caveats
|
||||
|
||||
Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other
|
||||
accounts (including the account that was elevated as
|
||||
Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an Administrative
|
||||
Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer
|
||||
(which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the
|
||||
new drive.
|
||||
|
||||
The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal
|
||||
command prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM
|
||||
account (using [the WinFsp.Launcher
|
||||
infrastructure](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture))
|
||||
which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or
|
||||
alternatively using [the nssm service manager](https://nssm.cc/usage).
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations
|
||||
|
||||
Without the use of "--vfs-cache-mode" this can only write files
|
||||
sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many
|
||||
applications won't work with their files on an rclone mount without
|
||||
"--vfs-cache-mode writes" or "--vfs-cache-mode full". See the [File
|
||||
Caching](#file-caching) section for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2,
|
||||
Hubic) won't work from the root - you will need to specify a bucket,
|
||||
or a path within the bucket. So `swift:` won't work whereas
|
||||
`swift:bucket` will as will `swift:bucket/path`.
|
||||
None of these support the concept of directories, so empty
|
||||
directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of
|
||||
the directory cache.
|
||||
|
||||
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
### rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
|
||||
|
||||
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage
|
||||
systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy
|
||||
commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount
|
||||
can't use retries in the same way without making local copies of the
|
||||
uploads. Look at the **EXPERIMENTAL** [file caching](#file-caching)
|
||||
for solutions to make mount mount more reliable.
|
||||
|
||||
### Attribute caching
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the flag --attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches
|
||||
the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.
|
||||
|
||||
The default is "1s" which caches files just long enough to avoid
|
||||
too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can
|
||||
change outside the control of the kernel. However this causes quite a
|
||||
few problems such as
|
||||
[rclone using too much memory](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2157),
|
||||
[rclone not serving files to samba](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112)
|
||||
and [excessive time listing directories](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147).
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by
|
||||
"--attr-timeout". You may see corruption if the remote file changes
|
||||
length during this window. It will show up as either a truncated file
|
||||
or a file with garbage on the end. With "--attr-timeout 1s" this is
|
||||
very unlikely but not impossible. The higher you set "--attr-timeout"
|
||||
the more likely it is. The default setting of "1s" is the lowest
|
||||
setting which mitigates the problems above.
|
||||
|
||||
If you set it higher ('10s' or '1m' say) then the kernel will call
|
||||
back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there is
|
||||
more chance of the corruption issue above.
|
||||
|
||||
If files don't change on the remote outside of the control of rclone
|
||||
then there is no chance of corruption.
|
||||
|
||||
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
|
||||
|
||||
### Filters
|
||||
|
||||
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the
|
||||
files to be visible in the mount.
|
||||
|
||||
### systemd
|
||||
|
||||
When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible
|
||||
to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state
|
||||
after the mountpoint has been successfully set up.
|
||||
Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement
|
||||
will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
|
||||
|
||||
### chunked reading ###
|
||||
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts.
|
||||
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks
|
||||
from the remote that are actually read at the cost of an increased number of requests.
|
||||
|
||||
When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is also specified and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size,
|
||||
the chunk size for each open file will get doubled for each chunk read, until the
|
||||
specified value is reached. A value of -1 will disable the limit and the chunk size will
|
||||
grow indefinitely.
|
||||
|
||||
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following
|
||||
parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
|
||||
When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be
|
||||
0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
Chunked reading will only work with --vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file will always
|
||||
be copied to the vfs cache before opening with --vfs-cache-mode full.
|
||||
|
||||
### Directory Cache
|
||||
|
||||
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
|
||||
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
|
||||
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
|
||||
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
|
||||
be picked up once the cache expires.
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
|
||||
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
|
||||
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
|
||||
like this:
|
||||
|
||||
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
|
||||
|
||||
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
|
||||
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget
|
||||
|
||||
Or individual files or directories:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
|
||||
|
||||
### File Buffering
|
||||
|
||||
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
|
||||
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
|
||||
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
|
||||
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
|
||||
of the same file.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
|
||||
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
|
||||
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
|
||||
will be used.
|
||||
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
|
||||
`--buffer-size * open files`.
|
||||
|
||||
### File Caching
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** File caching is **EXPERIMENTAL** - use with care!
|
||||
|
||||
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
|
||||
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
|
||||
normal file system.
|
||||
|
||||
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
|
||||
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
|
||||
may find that you need one or the other or both.
|
||||
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
|
||||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
|
||||
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
|
||||
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
|
||||
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
|
||||
environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
|
||||
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
|
||||
cost of using disk space.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
|
||||
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
|
||||
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
|
||||
disk cache.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
|
||||
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
|
||||
|
||||
This will mean some operations are not possible
|
||||
|
||||
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
|
||||
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
|
||||
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
|
||||
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
|
||||
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
|
||||
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
|
||||
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
|
||||
|
||||
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
|
||||
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
|
||||
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
|
||||
|
||||
These operations are not possible
|
||||
|
||||
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
|
||||
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
|
||||
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
|
||||
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
|
||||
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
|
||||
first.
|
||||
|
||||
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
|
||||
|
||||
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
|
||||
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
|
||||
|
||||
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
|
||||
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
|
||||
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
|
||||
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
|
||||
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
|
||||
|
||||
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
|
||||
|
||||
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
|
||||
--low-level-retries times.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
|
||||
--allow-other Allow access to other users.
|
||||
--allow-root Allow access to root user.
|
||||
--attr-timeout duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
|
||||
--daemon Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
|
||||
--daemon-timeout duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
|
||||
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v.
|
||||
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode.
|
||||
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
|
||||
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||||
-h, --help help for mount
|
||||
--max-read-ahead int The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads. (default 128k)
|
||||
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
|
||||
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||||
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
|
||||
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
|
||||
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--read-only Mount read-only.
|
||||
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||||
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem.
|
||||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
|
||||
--volname string Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
|
||||
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
306
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md
Executable file
306
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone move"
|
||||
slug: rclone_move
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_move/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone move
|
||||
|
||||
Move files from source to dest.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination
|
||||
directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and
|
||||
the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.
|
||||
|
||||
If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move
|
||||
`source:path` into `dest:path`. After this `source:path` will no
|
||||
longer longer exist.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise for each file in `source:path` selected by the filters (if
|
||||
any) this will move it into `dest:path`. If possible a server side
|
||||
move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server side if possible)
|
||||
into `dest:path` then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in
|
||||
`source:path`.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the --delete-empty-src-dirs flag.
|
||||
|
||||
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
|
||||
--dry-run flag.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move
|
||||
-h, --help help for move
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
315
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md
Executable file
315
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone moveto"
|
||||
slug: rclone_moveto
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_moveto/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone moveto
|
||||
|
||||
Move file or directory from source to dest.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or
|
||||
directory named dest:path.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than
|
||||
their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exacty
|
||||
like the move command.
|
||||
|
||||
So
|
||||
|
||||
rclone moveto src dst
|
||||
|
||||
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or
|
||||
/path/to/local or C:\windows\path\if\on\windows.
|
||||
|
||||
This will:
|
||||
|
||||
if src is file
|
||||
move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
|
||||
if src is directory
|
||||
move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
|
||||
see move command for full details
|
||||
|
||||
This doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
|
||||
modification time or MD5SUM. src will be deleted on successful
|
||||
transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
|
||||
--dry-run flag.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for moveto
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
313
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md
Executable file
313
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone ncdu"
|
||||
slug: rclone_ncdu
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_ncdu/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone ncdu
|
||||
|
||||
Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a
|
||||
remote. It is most useful for answering the question - "What is using
|
||||
all my disk space?".
|
||||
|
||||
<script src="https://asciinema.org/a/157793.js" id="asciicast-157793" async></script>
|
||||
|
||||
To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and
|
||||
builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during
|
||||
this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory
|
||||
structure as it goes along.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the keys - press '?' to toggle the help on and off
|
||||
|
||||
↑,↓ or k,j to Move
|
||||
→,l to enter
|
||||
←,h to return
|
||||
c toggle counts
|
||||
g toggle graph
|
||||
n,s,C sort by name,size,count
|
||||
^L refresh screen
|
||||
? to toggle help on and off
|
||||
q/ESC/c-C to quit
|
||||
|
||||
This an homage to the [ncdu tool](https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu) but for
|
||||
rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment, most
|
||||
importantly deleting files, but is useful as it stands.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for ncdu
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md
Executable file
286
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone obscure"
|
||||
slug: rclone_obscure
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_obscure/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone obscure
|
||||
|
||||
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone obscure password [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for obscure
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
290
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_purge.md
Executable file
290
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_purge.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone purge"
|
||||
slug: rclone_purge
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_purge/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone purge
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the path and all of its contents.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey
|
||||
include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use `delete` if
|
||||
you want to selectively delete files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone purge remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for purge
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
296
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rc.md
Executable file
296
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rc.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone rc"
|
||||
slug: rclone_rc
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_rc/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone rc
|
||||
|
||||
Run a command against a running rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
This runs a command against a running rclone. By default it will use
|
||||
that specified in the --rc-addr command.
|
||||
|
||||
Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.
|
||||
|
||||
The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.
|
||||
|
||||
Use "rclone rc" to see a list of all possible commands.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for rc
|
||||
--no-output If set don't output the JSON result.
|
||||
--url string URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
308
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcat.md
Executable file
308
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcat.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone rcat"
|
||||
slug: rclone_rcat
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_rcat/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone rcat
|
||||
|
||||
Copies standard input to file on remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a
|
||||
single remote file.
|
||||
|
||||
echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
|
||||
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
|
||||
|
||||
If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is
|
||||
usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints,
|
||||
which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote.
|
||||
What is considered a small file may be set through
|
||||
`--streaming-upload-cutoff`. Uploading only starts after
|
||||
the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data
|
||||
must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere
|
||||
the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking,
|
||||
setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is
|
||||
not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer
|
||||
a lot of data, you're better off caching locally and then
|
||||
`rclone move` it to the destination.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for rcat
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
288
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdir.md
Executable file
288
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdir.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone rmdir"
|
||||
slug: rclone_rmdir
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_rmdir/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone rmdir
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the path if empty.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the path. Note that you can't remove a path with
|
||||
objects in it, use purge for that.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for rmdir
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
296
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdirs.md
Executable file
296
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdirs.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone rmdirs"
|
||||
slug: rclone_rmdirs
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_rmdirs/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone rmdirs
|
||||
|
||||
Remove empty directories under the path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain
|
||||
empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if
|
||||
it has nothing in.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.
|
||||
|
||||
This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of
|
||||
empty directories in.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for rmdirs
|
||||
--leave-root Do not remove root directory if empty
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
295
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve.md
Executable file
295
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone serve"
|
||||
slug: rclone_serve
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_serve/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone serve
|
||||
|
||||
Serve a remote over a protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This
|
||||
command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone serve http remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for serve
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
* [rclone serve http](/commands/rclone_serve_http/) - Serve the remote over HTTP.
|
||||
* [rclone serve restic](/commands/rclone_serve_restic/) - Serve the remote for restic's REST API.
|
||||
* [rclone serve webdav](/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/) - Serve remote:path over webdav.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
502
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md
Executable file
502
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone serve http"
|
||||
slug: rclone_serve_http
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_serve_http/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone serve http
|
||||
|
||||
Serve the remote over HTTP.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote
|
||||
over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a
|
||||
remote of type http read from it.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the filter flags (eg --include, --exclude) to control what
|
||||
is served.
|
||||
|
||||
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
|
||||
|
||||
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to
|
||||
control the stats printing.
|
||||
|
||||
### Server options
|
||||
|
||||
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
|
||||
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
|
||||
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
|
||||
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
|
||||
|
||||
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
|
||||
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
|
||||
|
||||
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to
|
||||
control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time
|
||||
for a transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will
|
||||
accept in the HTTP header.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Authentication
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
|
||||
|
||||
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or
|
||||
set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is
|
||||
in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic
|
||||
authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
To create an htpasswd file:
|
||||
|
||||
touch htpasswd
|
||||
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
|
||||
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
|
||||
|
||||
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
|
||||
|
||||
#### SSL/TLS
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over
|
||||
https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you
|
||||
wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
|
||||
supply --client-ca also.
|
||||
|
||||
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
|
||||
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
|
||||
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
|
||||
certificate authority certificate.
|
||||
|
||||
### Directory Cache
|
||||
|
||||
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
|
||||
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
|
||||
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
|
||||
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
|
||||
be picked up once the cache expires.
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
|
||||
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
|
||||
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
|
||||
like this:
|
||||
|
||||
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
|
||||
|
||||
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
|
||||
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget
|
||||
|
||||
Or individual files or directories:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
|
||||
|
||||
### File Buffering
|
||||
|
||||
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
|
||||
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
|
||||
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
|
||||
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
|
||||
of the same file.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
|
||||
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
|
||||
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
|
||||
will be used.
|
||||
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
|
||||
`--buffer-size * open files`.
|
||||
|
||||
### File Caching
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** File caching is **EXPERIMENTAL** - use with care!
|
||||
|
||||
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
|
||||
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
|
||||
normal file system.
|
||||
|
||||
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
|
||||
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
|
||||
may find that you need one or the other or both.
|
||||
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
|
||||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
|
||||
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
|
||||
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
|
||||
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
|
||||
environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
|
||||
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
|
||||
cost of using disk space.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
|
||||
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
|
||||
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
|
||||
disk cache.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
|
||||
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
|
||||
|
||||
This will mean some operations are not possible
|
||||
|
||||
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
|
||||
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
|
||||
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
|
||||
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
|
||||
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
|
||||
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
|
||||
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
|
||||
|
||||
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
|
||||
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
|
||||
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
|
||||
|
||||
These operations are not possible
|
||||
|
||||
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
|
||||
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
|
||||
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
|
||||
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
|
||||
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
|
||||
first.
|
||||
|
||||
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
|
||||
|
||||
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
|
||||
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
|
||||
|
||||
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
|
||||
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
|
||||
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
|
||||
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
|
||||
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
|
||||
|
||||
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
|
||||
|
||||
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
|
||||
--low-level-retries times.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
|
||||
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||||
-h, --help help for http
|
||||
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
|
||||
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||||
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
|
||||
--pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--read-only Mount read-only.
|
||||
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||||
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
|
||||
--user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone serve](/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
422
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md
Executable file
422
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone serve restic"
|
||||
slug: rclone_serve_restic
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_serve_restic/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone serve restic
|
||||
|
||||
Serve the remote for restic's REST API.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
rclone serve restic implements restic's REST backend API
|
||||
over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage
|
||||
mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.
|
||||
|
||||
[Restic](https://restic.net/) is a command line program for doing
|
||||
backups.
|
||||
|
||||
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
|
||||
|
||||
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to
|
||||
control the stats printing.
|
||||
|
||||
### Setting up rclone for use by restic ###
|
||||
|
||||
First [set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider](/docs/#configure).
|
||||
|
||||
Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example
|
||||
"rclone lsd remote:". You may have called the remote something other
|
||||
than "remote:" - just substitute whatever you called it in the
|
||||
following instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
Now start the rclone restic server
|
||||
|
||||
rclone serve restic -v remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
Where you can replace "backup" in the above by whatever path in the
|
||||
remote you wish to use.
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve on "localhost:8080" you can change this
|
||||
with use of the "--addr" flag.
|
||||
|
||||
You might wish to start this server on boot.
|
||||
|
||||
### Setting up restic to use rclone ###
|
||||
|
||||
Now you can [follow the restic
|
||||
instructions](http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server)
|
||||
on setting up restic.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with
|
||||
rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
For the example above you will want to use "http://localhost:8080/" as
|
||||
the URL for the REST server.
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
|
||||
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
|
||||
$ restic init
|
||||
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
|
||||
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
|
||||
irrecoverably lost.
|
||||
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
|
||||
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
|
||||
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
|
||||
[0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00
|
||||
duration: 0:00
|
||||
snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved
|
||||
|
||||
#### Multiple repositories ####
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do
|
||||
this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that
|
||||
these **must** end with /. Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
|
||||
# backup user1 stuff
|
||||
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
|
||||
# backup user2 stuff
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Server options
|
||||
|
||||
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
|
||||
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
|
||||
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
|
||||
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
|
||||
|
||||
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
|
||||
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
|
||||
|
||||
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to
|
||||
control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time
|
||||
for a transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will
|
||||
accept in the HTTP header.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Authentication
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
|
||||
|
||||
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or
|
||||
set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is
|
||||
in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic
|
||||
authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
To create an htpasswd file:
|
||||
|
||||
touch htpasswd
|
||||
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
|
||||
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
|
||||
|
||||
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
|
||||
|
||||
#### SSL/TLS
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over
|
||||
https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you
|
||||
wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
|
||||
supply --client-ca also.
|
||||
|
||||
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
|
||||
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
|
||||
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
|
||||
certificate authority certificate.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
|
||||
--append-only disallow deletion of repository data
|
||||
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
-h, --help help for restic
|
||||
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--stdio run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
|
||||
--user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone serve](/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
511
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md
Executable file
511
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone serve webdav"
|
||||
slug: rclone_serve_webdav
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_serve_webdav/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone serve webdav
|
||||
|
||||
Serve remote:path over webdav.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the
|
||||
remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a
|
||||
webdav client or you can make a remote of type webdav to read and
|
||||
write it.
|
||||
|
||||
### Webdav options
|
||||
|
||||
#### --etag-hash
|
||||
|
||||
This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be
|
||||
based on the ModTime and Size of the object.
|
||||
|
||||
If this flag is set to "auto" then rclone will choose the first
|
||||
supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as
|
||||
"MD5" or "SHA-1".
|
||||
|
||||
Use "rclone hashsum" to see the full list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Server options
|
||||
|
||||
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
|
||||
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
|
||||
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
|
||||
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
|
||||
|
||||
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
|
||||
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
|
||||
|
||||
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to
|
||||
control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time
|
||||
for a transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will
|
||||
accept in the HTTP header.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Authentication
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
|
||||
|
||||
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or
|
||||
set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is
|
||||
in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic
|
||||
authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
To create an htpasswd file:
|
||||
|
||||
touch htpasswd
|
||||
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
|
||||
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
|
||||
|
||||
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
|
||||
|
||||
#### SSL/TLS
|
||||
|
||||
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over
|
||||
https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you
|
||||
wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
|
||||
supply --client-ca also.
|
||||
|
||||
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
|
||||
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
|
||||
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
|
||||
certificate authority certificate.
|
||||
|
||||
### Directory Cache
|
||||
|
||||
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
|
||||
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
|
||||
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
|
||||
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
|
||||
be picked up once the cache expires.
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
|
||||
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
|
||||
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
|
||||
like this:
|
||||
|
||||
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
|
||||
|
||||
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
|
||||
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget
|
||||
|
||||
Or individual files or directories:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
|
||||
|
||||
### File Buffering
|
||||
|
||||
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
|
||||
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
|
||||
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
|
||||
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
|
||||
of the same file.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
|
||||
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
|
||||
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
|
||||
will be used.
|
||||
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
|
||||
`--buffer-size * open files`.
|
||||
|
||||
### File Caching
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** File caching is **EXPERIMENTAL** - use with care!
|
||||
|
||||
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
|
||||
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
|
||||
normal file system.
|
||||
|
||||
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
|
||||
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
|
||||
may find that you need one or the other or both.
|
||||
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
|
||||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
|
||||
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
|
||||
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
|
||||
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
|
||||
environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
|
||||
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
|
||||
cost of using disk space.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
|
||||
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
|
||||
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
|
||||
disk cache.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
|
||||
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
|
||||
|
||||
This will mean some operations are not possible
|
||||
|
||||
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
|
||||
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
|
||||
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
|
||||
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
|
||||
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
|
||||
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
|
||||
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
|
||||
|
||||
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
|
||||
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
|
||||
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
|
||||
|
||||
These operations are not possible
|
||||
|
||||
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
|
||||
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
|
||||
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
|
||||
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
|
||||
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
|
||||
first.
|
||||
|
||||
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
|
||||
|
||||
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
|
||||
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
|
||||
|
||||
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
|
||||
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
|
||||
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
|
||||
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
|
||||
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
|
||||
|
||||
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
|
||||
|
||||
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
|
||||
--low-level-retries times.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
|
||||
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--etag-hash string Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off
|
||||
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||||
-h, --help help for webdav
|
||||
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
|
||||
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||||
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
|
||||
--pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--read-only Mount read-only.
|
||||
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||||
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
|
||||
--user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
|
||||
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone serve](/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md
Executable file
289
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone sha1sum"
|
||||
slug: rclone_sha1sum
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_sha1sum/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone sha1sum
|
||||
|
||||
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This
|
||||
is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for sha1sum
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
287
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_size.md
Executable file
287
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_size.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone size"
|
||||
slug: rclone_size
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_size/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone size
|
||||
|
||||
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone size remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for size
|
||||
--json format output as JSON
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
305
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_sync.md
Executable file
305
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_sync.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone sync"
|
||||
slug: rclone_sync
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_sync/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone sync
|
||||
|
||||
Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination
|
||||
only. Doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
|
||||
modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match
|
||||
source, including deleting files if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
|
||||
`--dry-run` flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that files in the destination won't be deleted if there were any
|
||||
errors at any point.
|
||||
|
||||
It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the
|
||||
directory so when source:path is a directory, it's the contents of
|
||||
source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents. See
|
||||
extended explanation in the `copy` command above if unsure.
|
||||
|
||||
If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents
|
||||
go there.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for sync
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
288
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_touch.md
Executable file
288
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_touch.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone touch"
|
||||
slug: rclone_touch
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_touch/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone touch
|
||||
|
||||
Create new file or change file modification time.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
Create new file or change file modification time.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone touch remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-h, --help help for touch
|
||||
-C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist.
|
||||
-t, --timestamp string Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
329
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md
Executable file
329
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone tree"
|
||||
slug: rclone_tree
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_tree/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone tree
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the
|
||||
unix tree command.
|
||||
|
||||
For example
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone tree remote:path
|
||||
/
|
||||
├── file1
|
||||
├── file2
|
||||
├── file3
|
||||
└── subdir
|
||||
├── file4
|
||||
└── file5
|
||||
|
||||
1 directories, 5 files
|
||||
|
||||
You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg
|
||||
--include and --exclude). You can also use --fast-list.
|
||||
|
||||
The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which
|
||||
are compatible with the tree command. Note that not all of them have
|
||||
short options as they conflict with rclone's short options.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone tree remote:path [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
-a, --all All files are listed (list . files too).
|
||||
-C, --color Turn colorization on always.
|
||||
-d, --dirs-only List directories only.
|
||||
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables).
|
||||
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file.
|
||||
-h, --help help for tree
|
||||
--human Print the size in a more human readable way.
|
||||
--level int Descend only level directories deep.
|
||||
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
|
||||
-i, --noindent Don't print indentation lines.
|
||||
--noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing.
|
||||
-o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout.
|
||||
-p, --protections Print the protections for each file.
|
||||
-Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes.
|
||||
-s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file.
|
||||
--sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime.
|
||||
--sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time.
|
||||
-t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time.
|
||||
-r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort.
|
||||
-U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted.
|
||||
--version Sort files alphanumerically by version.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
314
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_version.md
Executable file
314
.rclone_repo/docs/content/commands/rclone_version.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
date: 2018-09-07T16:09:26+01:00
|
||||
title: "rclone version"
|
||||
slug: rclone_version
|
||||
url: /commands/rclone_version/
|
||||
---
|
||||
## rclone version
|
||||
|
||||
Show the version number.
|
||||
|
||||
### Synopsis
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone version
|
||||
rclone v1.41
|
||||
- os/arch: linux/amd64
|
||||
- go version: go1.10
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply the --check flag, then it will do an online check to
|
||||
compare your version with the latest release and the latest beta.
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone version --check
|
||||
yours: 1.42.0.6
|
||||
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
|
||||
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
|
||||
|
||||
Or
|
||||
|
||||
$ rclone version --check
|
||||
yours: 1.41
|
||||
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
|
||||
upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42
|
||||
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
|
||||
upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone version [flags]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--check Check for new version.
|
||||
-h, --help help for version
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Options inherited from parent commands
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
|
||||
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
|
||||
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
|
||||
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
|
||||
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
|
||||
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
|
||||
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
|
||||
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
|
||||
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
|
||||
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob, supports hot, cool and archive tiers.
|
||||
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 4M)
|
||||
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
|
||||
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
|
||||
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
|
||||
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 256M)
|
||||
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
|
||||
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
|
||||
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
|
||||
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
|
||||
--b2-key string Application Key
|
||||
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
|
||||
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 190.735M)
|
||||
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
|
||||
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
|
||||
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
|
||||
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
|
||||
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
|
||||
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
|
||||
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 50M)
|
||||
--buffer-size int In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
|
||||
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
|
||||
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration Interval at which chunk cleanup runs (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
|
||||
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. (default 5M)
|
||||
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. (default 10G)
|
||||
--cache-db-path string Directory to cache DB (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
|
||||
--cache-db-purge Purge the cache DB before
|
||||
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
|
||||
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone")
|
||||
--cache-info-age Duration How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. (default 6h0m0s)
|
||||
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
|
||||
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
|
||||
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
|
||||
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
|
||||
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS. -1 disables the rate limiter (default -1)
|
||||
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded to the cloud storage
|
||||
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
|
||||
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
|
||||
--cache-writes Will cache file data on writes through the FS
|
||||
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
|
||||
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum & size, not mod-time & size
|
||||
--config string Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
|
||||
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
|
||||
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
|
||||
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
|
||||
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
|
||||
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
|
||||
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
|
||||
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transfering (default)
|
||||
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transfering
|
||||
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
|
||||
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
|
||||
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
|
||||
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
|
||||
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.
|
||||
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--drive-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
|
||||
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
|
||||
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision forever.
|
||||
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
|
||||
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
|
||||
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
|
||||
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
|
||||
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
|
||||
--drive-use-created-date Use created date instead of modified date.
|
||||
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
|
||||
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Max 150M. (default 48M)
|
||||
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
|
||||
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
|
||||
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
|
||||
--dump string List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
|
||||
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--dump-headers Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
|
||||
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
|
||||
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
|
||||
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
|
||||
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
|
||||
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
|
||||
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
|
||||
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
|
||||
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
|
||||
--ftp-pass string FTP password
|
||||
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
|
||||
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
|
||||
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
|
||||
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
|
||||
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
|
||||
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
|
||||
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
|
||||
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
|
||||
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
|
||||
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
|
||||
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
|
||||
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
|
||||
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
|
||||
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
|
||||
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
|
||||
--jottacloud-mountpoint string The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
--jottacloud-pass string Password.
|
||||
--jottacloud-user string User Name
|
||||
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
|
||||
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames
|
||||
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
|
||||
--log-file string Log everything to this file
|
||||
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
|
||||
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
|
||||
--max-age duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
|
||||
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
|
||||
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
|
||||
--max-size int Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--max-transfer int Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
|
||||
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
|
||||
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
|
||||
--mega-pass string Password.
|
||||
--mega-user string User name
|
||||
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
|
||||
--min-age duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
|
||||
--min-size int Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
|
||||
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
|
||||
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
|
||||
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
|
||||
--no-traverse Obsolete - does nothing.
|
||||
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
|
||||
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
|
||||
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
|
||||
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
|
||||
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
|
||||
--opendrive-password string Password.
|
||||
--opendrive-username string Username
|
||||
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
|
||||
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
|
||||
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
|
||||
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
|
||||
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connnection retries. (default 3)
|
||||
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
|
||||
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
|
||||
--rc Enable the remote control server.
|
||||
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
|
||||
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
|
||||
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
|
||||
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
|
||||
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
|
||||
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5M)
|
||||
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
|
||||
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||||
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
|
||||
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
|
||||
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
|
||||
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
|
||||
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
|
||||
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
|
||||
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||||
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
|
||||
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||||
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 2)
|
||||
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
|
||||
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
|
||||
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
|
||||
--sftp-key-file string Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
|
||||
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
|
||||
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
|
||||
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
|
||||
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
|
||||
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
|
||||
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 40)
|
||||
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
|
||||
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
|
||||
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
|
||||
--streaming-upload-cutoff int Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
|
||||
--suffix string Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
|
||||
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
|
||||
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
|
||||
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
|
||||
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
|
||||
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
|
||||
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
|
||||
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
|
||||
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
|
||||
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
|
||||
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
|
||||
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
|
||||
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
|
||||
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.43.1")
|
||||
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
|
||||
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
|
||||
--webdav-pass string Password.
|
||||
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
--webdav-user string User name
|
||||
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
|
||||
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
|
||||
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### SEE ALSO
|
||||
|
||||
* [rclone](/commands/rclone/) - Sync files and directories to and from local and remote object stores - v1.43.1
|
||||
|
||||
###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 7-Sep-2018
|
||||
39
.rclone_repo/docs/content/contact.md
Executable file
39
.rclone_repo/docs/content/contact.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Contact"
|
||||
description: "Contact the rclone project"
|
||||
date: "2014-04-26"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Contact the rclone project #
|
||||
|
||||
## Forum ##
|
||||
|
||||
Forum for general discussions and questions:
|
||||
|
||||
* https://forum.rclone.org
|
||||
|
||||
## Gitub project ##
|
||||
|
||||
The project website is at:
|
||||
|
||||
* https://github.com/ncw/rclone
|
||||
|
||||
There you can file bug reports, ask for help or contribute pull
|
||||
requests.
|
||||
|
||||
## Google+ ##
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone has a Google+ page which announcements are posted to
|
||||
|
||||
* <a href="https://google.com/+RcloneOrg" rel="publisher">Google+ page for general comments</a>
|
||||
|
||||
## Twitter ##
|
||||
|
||||
You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements
|
||||
|
||||
* [@njcw](https://twitter.com/njcw)
|
||||
|
||||
## Email ##
|
||||
|
||||
Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or
|
||||
confidential email [Nick Craig-Wood](mailto:nick@craig-wood.com)
|
||||
436
.rclone_repo/docs/content/crypt.md
Executable file
436
.rclone_repo/docs/content/crypt.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Crypt"
|
||||
description: "Encryption overlay remote"
|
||||
date: "2016-07-28"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-lock"></i>Crypt
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The `crypt` remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.
|
||||
|
||||
To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config
|
||||
instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname
|
||||
instead of a remote which will encrypt and decrypt from that directory
|
||||
which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for example.
|
||||
|
||||
First check your chosen remote is working - we'll call it
|
||||
`remote:path` in these docs. Note that anything inside `remote:path`
|
||||
will be encrypted and anything outside won't. This means that if you
|
||||
are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should
|
||||
probably put the bucket in the remote `s3:bucket`. If you just use
|
||||
`s3:` then rclone will make encrypted bucket names too (if using file
|
||||
name encryption) which may or may not be what you want.
|
||||
|
||||
Now configure `crypt` using `rclone config`. We will call this one
|
||||
`secret` to differentiate it from the `remote`.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> secret
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 5
|
||||
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||||
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
|
||||
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
|
||||
remote> remote:path
|
||||
How to encrypt the filenames.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only.
|
||||
\ "off"
|
||||
2 / Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
|
||||
\ "standard"
|
||||
3 / Very simple filename obfuscation.
|
||||
\ "obfuscate"
|
||||
filename_encryption> 2
|
||||
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Encrypt directory names.
|
||||
\ "true"
|
||||
2 / Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
|
||||
\ "false"
|
||||
filename_encryption> 1
|
||||
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
y/g> y
|
||||
Enter the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Confirm the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||||
Should be different to the previous password.
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||||
y/g/n> g
|
||||
Password strength in bits.
|
||||
64 is just about memorable
|
||||
128 is secure
|
||||
1024 is the maximum
|
||||
Bits> 128
|
||||
Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ
|
||||
Use this password?
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[secret]
|
||||
remote = remote:path
|
||||
filename_encryption = standard
|
||||
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
password2 = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Important** The password is stored in the config file is lightly
|
||||
obscured so it isn't immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way
|
||||
secure unless you use config file encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note
|
||||
that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
|
||||
elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived
|
||||
from those two passwords/passphrases.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone does not encrypt
|
||||
|
||||
* file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
|
||||
* modification time - used for syncing
|
||||
|
||||
## Specifying the remote ##
|
||||
|
||||
In normal use, make sure the remote has a `:` in. If you specify the
|
||||
remote without a `:` then rclone will use a local directory of that
|
||||
name. So if you use a remote of `/path/to/secret/files` then rclone
|
||||
will encrypt stuff to that directory. If you use a remote of `name`
|
||||
then rclone will put files in a directory called `name` in the current
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
If you specify the remote as `remote:path/to/dir` then rclone will
|
||||
store encrypted files in `path/to/dir` on the remote. If you are using
|
||||
file name encryption, then when you save files to
|
||||
`secret:subdir/subfile` this will store them in the unencrypted path
|
||||
`path/to/dir` but the `subdir/subpath` bit will be encrypted.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that unless you want encrypted bucket names (which are difficult
|
||||
to manage because you won't know what directory they represent in web
|
||||
interfaces etc), you should probably specify a bucket, eg
|
||||
`remote:secretbucket` when using bucket based remotes such as S3,
|
||||
Swift, Hubic, B2, GCS.
|
||||
|
||||
## Example ##
|
||||
|
||||
To test I made a little directory of files using "standard" file name
|
||||
encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
plaintext/
|
||||
├── file0.txt
|
||||
├── file1.txt
|
||||
└── subdir
|
||||
├── file2.txt
|
||||
├── file3.txt
|
||||
└── subsubdir
|
||||
└── file4.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Copy these to the remote and list them back
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret:
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls secret:
|
||||
7 file1.txt
|
||||
6 file0.txt
|
||||
8 subdir/file2.txt
|
||||
10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt
|
||||
9 subdir/file3.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now see what that looked like when encrypted
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls remote:path
|
||||
55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg
|
||||
54 v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls
|
||||
57 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo
|
||||
58 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc
|
||||
56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this retains the directory structure which means you can do this
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir
|
||||
8 file2.txt
|
||||
9 file3.txt
|
||||
10 subsubdir/file4.txt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If don't use file name encryption then the remote will look like this
|
||||
- note the `.bin` extensions added to prevent the cloud provider
|
||||
attempting to interpret the data.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls remote:path
|
||||
54 file0.txt.bin
|
||||
57 subdir/file3.txt.bin
|
||||
56 subdir/file2.txt.bin
|
||||
58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin
|
||||
55 file1.txt.bin
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### File name encryption modes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some of the features of the file name encryption modes
|
||||
|
||||
Off
|
||||
|
||||
* doesn't hide file names or directory structure
|
||||
* allows for longer file names (~246 characters)
|
||||
* can use sub paths and copy single files
|
||||
|
||||
Standard
|
||||
|
||||
* file names encrypted
|
||||
* file names can't be as long (~143 characters)
|
||||
* can use sub paths and copy single files
|
||||
* directory structure visible
|
||||
* identical files names will have identical uploaded names
|
||||
* can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion
|
||||
|
||||
Obfuscation
|
||||
|
||||
This is a simple "rotate" of the filename, with each file having a rot
|
||||
distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning
|
||||
of the filename. So a file called "hello" may become "53.jgnnq"
|
||||
|
||||
This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated
|
||||
scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it's an
|
||||
intermediate between "off" and "standard". The advantage is that it
|
||||
allows for longer path segment names.
|
||||
|
||||
There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the
|
||||
obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case
|
||||
equivalents. You can not rely on this for strong protection.
|
||||
|
||||
* file names very lightly obfuscated
|
||||
* file names can be longer than standard encryption
|
||||
* can use sub paths and copy single files
|
||||
* directory structure visible
|
||||
* identical files names will have identical uploaded names
|
||||
|
||||
Cloud storage systems have various limits on file name length and
|
||||
total path length which you are more likely to hit using "Standard"
|
||||
file name encryption. If you keep your file names to below 156
|
||||
characters in length then you should be OK on all providers.
|
||||
|
||||
There may be an even more secure file name encryption mode in the
|
||||
future which will address the long file name problem.
|
||||
|
||||
### Directory name encryption ###
|
||||
Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact.
|
||||
There are two options:
|
||||
|
||||
True
|
||||
|
||||
Encrypts the whole file path including directory names
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
`1/12/123.txt` is encrypted to
|
||||
`p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0`
|
||||
|
||||
False
|
||||
|
||||
Only encrypts file names, skips directory names
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
`1/12/123.txt` is encrypted to
|
||||
`1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0`
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support
|
||||
depends on that.
|
||||
|
||||
Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is
|
||||
protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you should use the `rclone cryptcheck` command to check the
|
||||
integrity of a crypted remote instead of `rclone check` which can't
|
||||
check the checksums properly.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --crypt-show-mapping ####
|
||||
|
||||
If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to
|
||||
list, it will log (at level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file
|
||||
name and the encrypted file name.
|
||||
|
||||
This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted
|
||||
names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file
|
||||
names, or for debugging purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
## Backing up a crypted remote ##
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use
|
||||
`rclone sync` on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are
|
||||
the same in the new encrypted remote.
|
||||
|
||||
This will have the following advantages
|
||||
|
||||
* `rclone sync` will check the checksums while copying
|
||||
* you can use `rclone check` between the encrypted remotes
|
||||
* you don't decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily
|
||||
|
||||
For example, let's say you have your original remote at `remote:` with
|
||||
the encrypted version at `eremote:` with path `remote:crypt`. You
|
||||
would then set up the new remote `remote2:` and then the encrypted
|
||||
version `eremote2:` with path `remote2:crypt` using the same passwords
|
||||
as `eremote:`.
|
||||
|
||||
To sync the two remotes you would do
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync remote:crypt remote2:crypt
|
||||
|
||||
And to check the integrity you would do
|
||||
|
||||
rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt
|
||||
|
||||
## File formats ##
|
||||
|
||||
### File encryption ###
|
||||
|
||||
Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file
|
||||
has a header and is divided into chunks.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Header ####
|
||||
|
||||
* 8 bytes magic string `RCLONE\x00\x00`
|
||||
* 24 bytes Nonce (IV)
|
||||
|
||||
The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto
|
||||
strong random number generator. The nonce is incremented for each
|
||||
chunk read making sure each nonce is unique for each block written.
|
||||
The chance of a nonce being re-used is minuscule. If you wrote an
|
||||
exabyte of data (10¹⁸ bytes) you would have a probability of
|
||||
approximately 2×10⁻³² of re-using a nonce.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Chunk ####
|
||||
|
||||
Each chunk will contain 64kB of data, except for the last one which
|
||||
may have less data. The data chunk is in standard NACL secretbox
|
||||
format. Secretbox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and
|
||||
authenticate messages.
|
||||
|
||||
Each chunk contains:
|
||||
|
||||
* 16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator
|
||||
* 1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data
|
||||
|
||||
64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the
|
||||
authenticator takes too much time below this and the performance drops
|
||||
off due to cache effects above this). Note that these chunks are
|
||||
buffered in memory so they can't be too big.
|
||||
|
||||
This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Examples ####
|
||||
|
||||
1 byte file will encrypt to
|
||||
|
||||
* 32 bytes header
|
||||
* 17 bytes data chunk
|
||||
|
||||
49 bytes total
|
||||
|
||||
1MB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to
|
||||
|
||||
* 32 bytes header
|
||||
* 16 chunks of 65568 bytes
|
||||
|
||||
1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
### Name encryption ###
|
||||
|
||||
File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up
|
||||
into `/` separated strings and these are encrypted individually.
|
||||
|
||||
File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
|
||||
before encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME
|
||||
(ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003
|
||||
paper "A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode" by Halevi and Rogaway.
|
||||
|
||||
This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the
|
||||
same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can't find
|
||||
it on the cloud storage system.
|
||||
|
||||
This means that
|
||||
|
||||
* filenames with the same name will encrypt the same
|
||||
* filenames which start the same won't have a common prefix
|
||||
|
||||
This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of
|
||||
which are derived from the user password.
|
||||
|
||||
After encryption they are written out using a modified version of
|
||||
standard `base32` encoding as described in RFC4648. The standard
|
||||
encoding is modified in two ways:
|
||||
|
||||
* it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)
|
||||
* we strip the padding character `=`
|
||||
|
||||
`base32` is used rather than the more efficient `base64` so rclone can be
|
||||
used on case insensitive remotes (eg Windows, Amazon Drive).
|
||||
|
||||
### Key derivation ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone uses `scrypt` with parameters `N=16384, r=8, p=1` with an
|
||||
optional user supplied salt (password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80
|
||||
bytes of key material required. If the user doesn't supply a salt
|
||||
then rclone uses an internal one.
|
||||
|
||||
`scrypt` makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone
|
||||
encrypted data. For full protection against this you should always use
|
||||
a salt.
|
||||
1277
.rclone_repo/docs/content/docs.md
Executable file
1277
.rclone_repo/docs/content/docs.md
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
43
.rclone_repo/docs/content/donate.md
Executable file
43
.rclone_repo/docs/content/donate.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Flowers for My Wife"
|
||||
description: "Flowers for My Wife."
|
||||
type: page
|
||||
date: "2015-09-06"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## <i class="fa fa-heart"></i> Flowers for My Wife ##
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone is a pure open source for love-not-money project. However I've
|
||||
had requests for a donation page and coding rclone does take me away
|
||||
from something else I love - my wonderful wife.
|
||||
|
||||
So if you would like to send a donation, I will use it to buy flowers
|
||||
(and other pretty things) for her which will make her very happy.
|
||||
|
||||
### Paypal ###
|
||||
|
||||
<form action="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr" method="post" target="_top">
|
||||
<input type="hidden" name="cmd" value="_s-xclick">
|
||||
<input type="hidden" name="hosted_button_id" value="XQMMNUD5ZY49J">
|
||||
<input type="image" src="https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/GB/i/btn/btn_donateCC_LG.gif" border="0" name="submit" alt="PayPal – The safer, easier way to pay online.">
|
||||
<img alt="" border="0" src="https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_GB/i/scr/pixel.gif" width="1" height="1">
|
||||
</form>
|
||||
|
||||
### Paypal.me ###
|
||||
|
||||
My paypal.me link https://www.paypal.me/nickcw can be used to send
|
||||
money if the donate button doesn't work for you (eg you live in
|
||||
Japan), or if you prefer to use it.
|
||||
|
||||
### Bitcoin ###
|
||||
|
||||
[](bitcoin:19j3oLUsqBcTRvZ2LSq2phVjsAAJ86xSnk)
|
||||
|
||||
[Bitcoin:](bitcoin:19j3oLUsqBcTRvZ2LSq2phVjsAAJ86xSnk) 19j3oLUsqBcTRvZ2LSq2phVjsAAJ86xSnk
|
||||
|
||||
If you would prefer to express your gratitude by promoting the
|
||||
project, or helping with it, I'd be over the moon with that too!
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks
|
||||
|
||||
Nick
|
||||
82
.rclone_repo/docs/content/downloads.md
Executable file
82
.rclone_repo/docs/content/downloads.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Rclone downloads"
|
||||
description: "Download rclone binaries for your OS."
|
||||
type: page
|
||||
date: "2017-07-22"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone Download {{< version >}}
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
| Arch-OS | Windows | macOS | Linux | .deb | .rpm | FreeBSD | NetBSD | OpenBSD | Plan9 | Solaris |
|
||||
|:-------:|:-------:|:-----:|:-----:|:----:|:----:|:-------:|:------:|:-------:|:-----:|:-------:|
|
||||
| AMD64 - 64 Bit | {{< download windows amd64 >}} | {{< download osx amd64 >}} | {{< download linux amd64 >}} | {{< download linux amd64 deb >}} | {{< download linux amd64 rpm >}} | {{< download freebsd amd64 >}} | {{< download netbsd amd64 >}} | {{< download openbsd amd64 >}} | {{< download plan9 amd64 >}} | {{< download solaris amd64 >}} |
|
||||
| 386 - 32 Bit | {{< download windows 386 >}} | {{< download osx 386 >}} | {{< download linux 386 >}} | {{< download linux 386 deb >}} | {{< download linux 386 rpm >}} | {{< download freebsd 386 >}} | {{< download netbsd 386 >}} | {{< download openbsd 386 >}} | {{< download plan9 386 >}} | - |
|
||||
| ARM - 32 Bit | - | - | {{< download linux arm >}} | {{< download linux arm deb >}} | {{< download linux arm rpm >}} | {{< download freebsd arm >}} | {{< download netbsd arm >}} | - | - | - |
|
||||
| ARM - 64 Bit | - | - | {{< download linux arm64 >}} | {{< download linux arm64 deb >}} | {{< download linux arm64 rpm >}} | - | - | - | - | - |
|
||||
| MIPS - Big Endian | - | - | {{< download linux mips >}} | {{< download linux mips deb >}} | {{< download linux mips rpm >}} | - | - | - | - | - |
|
||||
| MIPS - Little Endian | - | - | {{< download linux mipsle >}} | {{< download linux mipsle deb >}} | {{< download linux mipsle rpm >}} | - | - | - | - | - |
|
||||
|
||||
You can also find a [mirror of the downloads on github](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/releases/tag/{{< version >}}).
|
||||
|
||||
## Script download and install ##
|
||||
|
||||
To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
|
||||
|
||||
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash
|
||||
|
||||
For beta installation, run:
|
||||
|
||||
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and
|
||||
won't re-download if not needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Beta releases
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
[Beta releases](https://beta.rclone.org) are generated from each commit
|
||||
to master. Note these are named like
|
||||
|
||||
{Version Tag}-{Commit Number}-g{Git Commit Hash}
|
||||
|
||||
You can match the `Git Commit Hash` up with the [git
|
||||
log](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/commits/master). The most recent
|
||||
release will have the largest `Version Tag` and `Commit Number` and
|
||||
will normally be at the end of the list.
|
||||
|
||||
Some beta releases may have a branch name also:
|
||||
|
||||
{Version Tag}-{Commit Number}-g{Git Commit Hash}-{Branch Name}
|
||||
|
||||
The presence of `Branch Name` indicates that this is a feature under
|
||||
development which will at some point be merged into the normal betas
|
||||
and then into a normal release.
|
||||
|
||||
The beta releases haven't been through the [full integration test
|
||||
suite](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/) like the releases.
|
||||
However it is useful to try the latest beta before reporting an issue.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that [rclone.org](https://rclone.org/) is only updated on
|
||||
releases - to see the documentation for the latest beta go to
|
||||
[tip.rclone.org](https://tip.rclone.org/).
|
||||
|
||||
Downloads for scripting
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to download the current version (maybe from a
|
||||
script) from a URL which doesn't change then you can use these links.
|
||||
|
||||
| Arch-OS | Windows | macOS | Linux | .deb | .rpm | FreeBSD | NetBSD | OpenBSD | Plan9 | Solaris |
|
||||
|:-------:|:-------:|:-----:|:-----:|:----:|:----:|:-------:|:------:|:-------:|:-----:|:-------:|
|
||||
| AMD64 - 64 Bit | {{< cdownload windows amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload osx amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload linux amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload linux amd64 deb >}} | {{< cdownload linux amd64 rpm >}} | {{< cdownload freebsd amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload netbsd amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload openbsd amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload plan9 amd64 >}} | {{< cdownload solaris amd64 >}} |
|
||||
| 386 - 32 Bit | {{< cdownload windows 386 >}} | {{< cdownload osx 386 >}} | {{< cdownload linux 386 >}} | {{< cdownload linux 386 deb >}} | {{< cdownload linux 386 rpm >}} | {{< cdownload freebsd 386 >}} | {{< cdownload netbsd 386 >}} | {{< cdownload openbsd 386 >}} | {{< cdownload plan9 386 >}} | - |
|
||||
| ARM - 32 Bit | - | - | {{< cdownload linux arm >}} | {{< cdownload linux arm deb >}} | {{< cdownload linux arm rpm >}} | {{< cdownload freebsd arm >}} | {{< cdownload netbsd arm >}} | - | - | - |
|
||||
| ARM - 64 Bit | - | - | {{< cdownload linux arm64 >}} | {{< cdownload linux arm64 deb >}} | {{< cdownload linux arm64 rpm >}} | - | - | - | - | - |
|
||||
| MIPS - Big Endian | - | - | {{< cdownload linux mips >}} | {{< cdownload linux mips deb >}} | {{< cdownload linux mips rpm >}} | - | - | - | - | - |
|
||||
| MIPS - Little Endian | - | - | {{< cdownload linux mipsle >}} | {{< cdownload linux mipsle deb >}} | {{< cdownload linux mipsle rpm >}} | - | - | - | - | - |
|
||||
|
||||
Older Downloads
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
Older downloads can be found [here](https://downloads.rclone.org/)
|
||||
619
.rclone_repo/docs/content/drive.md
Executable file
619
.rclone_repo/docs/content/drive.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Google drive"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Google drive"
|
||||
date: "2016-04-12"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-google"></i> Google Drive
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `drive:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg `drive:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive
|
||||
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
|
||||
through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
10 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
Storage> drive
|
||||
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_id>
|
||||
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_secret>
|
||||
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
|
||||
\ "drive.readonly"
|
||||
/ Access to files created by rclone only.
|
||||
3 | These are visible in the drive website.
|
||||
| File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
|
||||
\ "drive.file"
|
||||
/ Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
|
||||
4 | This is not visible in the drive website.
|
||||
\ "drive.appfolder"
|
||||
/ Allows read-only access to file metadata but
|
||||
5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content.
|
||||
\ "drive.metadata.readonly"
|
||||
scope> 1
|
||||
ID of the root folder - leave blank normally. Fill in to access "Computers" folders. (see docs).
|
||||
root_folder_id>
|
||||
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
|
||||
service_account_file>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
Configure this as a team drive?
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> n
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
scope = drive
|
||||
root_folder_id =
|
||||
service_account_file =
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only
|
||||
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
|
||||
the verification code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this
|
||||
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
|
||||
firewall, or use manual mode.
|
||||
|
||||
You can then use it like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your drive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your drive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Scopes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
|
||||
use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. [The
|
||||
scopes are defined
|
||||
here.](https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
|
||||
|
||||
The scope are
|
||||
|
||||
#### drive ####
|
||||
|
||||
This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except
|
||||
for the Application Data Folder (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
Choose this one if you aren't sure.
|
||||
|
||||
#### drive.readonly ####
|
||||
|
||||
This allows read only access to all files. Files may be listed and
|
||||
downloaded but not uploaded, renamed or deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
#### drive.file ####
|
||||
|
||||
With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and
|
||||
folders it creates.
|
||||
|
||||
So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other
|
||||
means) they will not be visible to rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want
|
||||
to be sure confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.
|
||||
|
||||
#### drive.appfolder ####
|
||||
|
||||
This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will
|
||||
not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won't be able
|
||||
to see rclone's files from the web interface either.
|
||||
|
||||
#### drive.metadata.readonly ####
|
||||
|
||||
This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow
|
||||
rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or
|
||||
directories.
|
||||
|
||||
### Root folder ID ###
|
||||
|
||||
You can set the `root_folder_id` for rclone. This is the directory
|
||||
(identified by its `Folder ID`) that rclone considers to be a the root
|
||||
of your drive.
|
||||
|
||||
Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
|
||||
correct root to use itself.
|
||||
|
||||
However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
|
||||
hierarchy or to access data within the "Computers" tab on the drive
|
||||
web interface (where files from Google's Backup and Sync desktop
|
||||
program go).
|
||||
|
||||
In order to do this you will have to find the `Folder ID` of the
|
||||
directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment
|
||||
of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the drive web
|
||||
interface.
|
||||
|
||||
So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
|
||||
`https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh`
|
||||
in the browser, then you use `1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh` as
|
||||
the `root_folder_id` in the config.
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** folders under the "Computers" tab seem to be read only (drive
|
||||
gives a 500 error) when using rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
There doesn't appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the
|
||||
"Computers" tab - please contact us if you know otherwise!
|
||||
|
||||
Note also that rclone can't access any data under the "Backups" tab on
|
||||
the google drive web interface yet.
|
||||
|
||||
### Service Account support ###
|
||||
|
||||
You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode,
|
||||
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
|
||||
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have
|
||||
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
|
||||
|
||||
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
|
||||
to your Service Account credentials at the `service_account_file`
|
||||
prompt during `rclone config` and rclone won't use the browser based
|
||||
authentication flow. If you'd rather stuff the contents of the
|
||||
credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set
|
||||
`service_account_credentials` with the actual contents of the file
|
||||
instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive ####
|
||||
|
||||
Let's say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or
|
||||
G-suite account.
|
||||
The goal is to store data on an individual's Drive account, who IS
|
||||
a member of the domain.
|
||||
We'll call the domain **example.com**, and the user
|
||||
**foo@example.com**.
|
||||
|
||||
There's a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:
|
||||
|
||||
##### 1. Create a service account for example.com #####
|
||||
- To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the
|
||||
[Google Developer Console](https://console.developers.google.com).
|
||||
- You must have a project - create one if you don't.
|
||||
- Then go to "IAM & admin" -> "Service Accounts".
|
||||
- Use the "Create Credentials" button. Fill in "Service account name"
|
||||
with something that identifies your client. "Role" can be empty.
|
||||
- Tick "Furnish a new private key" - select "Key type JSON".
|
||||
- Tick "Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation". This option makes
|
||||
"impersonation" possible, as documented here:
|
||||
[Delegating domain-wide authority to the service account](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2ServiceAccount#delegatingauthority)
|
||||
- These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.
|
||||
If you ever need to remove access, press the "Delete service
|
||||
account key" button.
|
||||
|
||||
##### 2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive #####
|
||||
- Go to example.com's admin console
|
||||
- Go into "Security" (or use the search bar)
|
||||
- Select "Show more" and then "Advanced settings"
|
||||
- Select "Manage API client access" in the "Authentication" section
|
||||
- In the "Client Name" field enter the service account's
|
||||
"Client ID" - this can be found in the Developer Console under
|
||||
"IAM & Admin" -> "Service Accounts", then "View Client ID" for
|
||||
the newly created service account.
|
||||
It is a ~21 character numerical string.
|
||||
- In the next field, "One or More API Scopes", enter
|
||||
`https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive`
|
||||
to grant access to Google Drive specifically.
|
||||
|
||||
##### 3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install #####
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
n/s/q> n # New
|
||||
name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name
|
||||
Storage> # Select the number shown for Google Drive
|
||||
client_id> # Can be left blank
|
||||
client_secret> # Can be left blank
|
||||
scope> # Select your scope, 1 for example
|
||||
root_folder_id> # Can be left blank
|
||||
service_account_file> /home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes!
|
||||
y/n> # Auto config, y
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
##### 4. Verify that it's working #####
|
||||
- `rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo@example.com lsf gdrive:backup`
|
||||
- The arguments do:
|
||||
- `-v` - verbose logging
|
||||
- `--drive-impersonate foo@example.com` - this is what does
|
||||
the magic, pretending to be user foo.
|
||||
- `lsf` - list files in a parsing friendly way
|
||||
- `gdrive:backup` - use the remote called gdrive, work in
|
||||
the folder named backup.
|
||||
|
||||
### Team drives ###
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Team Drive
|
||||
then answer `y` to the question `Configure this as a team drive?`.
|
||||
|
||||
This will fetch the list of Team Drives from google and allow you to
|
||||
configure which one you want to use. You can also type in a team
|
||||
drive ID if you prefer.
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Configure this as a team drive?
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
Fetching team drive list...
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Rclone Test
|
||||
\ "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
|
||||
2 / Rclone Test 2
|
||||
\ "yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy"
|
||||
3 / Rclone Test 3
|
||||
\ "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz"
|
||||
Enter a Team Drive ID> 1
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z","Extra":null}
|
||||
team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
It does this by combining multiple `list` calls into a single API request.
|
||||
|
||||
This works by combining many `'%s' in parents` filters into one expression.
|
||||
To list the contents of directories a, b and c, the the following requests will be send by the regular `List` function:
|
||||
```
|
||||
trashed=false and 'a' in parents
|
||||
trashed=false and 'b' in parents
|
||||
trashed=false and 'c' in parents
|
||||
```
|
||||
These can now be combined into a single request:
|
||||
```
|
||||
trashed=false and ('a' in parents or 'b' in parents or 'c' in parents)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation of `ListR` will put up to 50 `parents` filters into one request.
|
||||
It will use the `--checkers` value to specify the number of requests to run in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
In tests, these batch requests were up to 20x faster than the regular method.
|
||||
Running the following command against different sized folders gives:
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone lsjson -vv -R --checkers=6 gdrive:folder
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
small folder (220 directories, 700 files):
|
||||
|
||||
- without `--fast-list`: 38s
|
||||
- with `--fast-list`: 10s
|
||||
|
||||
large folder (10600 directories, 39000 files):
|
||||
|
||||
- without `--fast-list`: 22:05 min
|
||||
- with `--fast-list`: 58s
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.
|
||||
|
||||
### Revisions ###
|
||||
|
||||
Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to
|
||||
an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new
|
||||
revision of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing
|
||||
was
|
||||
|
||||
* They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).
|
||||
* They do not count towards a user storage quota.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting
|
||||
files. If deleting them permanently is required then use the
|
||||
`--drive-use-trash=false` flag, or set the equivalent environment
|
||||
variable.
|
||||
|
||||
### Emptying trash ###
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the `rclone cleanup remote:`
|
||||
command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command
|
||||
does not take any path arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
### Quota information ###
|
||||
|
||||
To view your current quota you can use the `rclone about remote:`
|
||||
command which will display your usage limit (quota), the usage in Google
|
||||
Drive, the size of all files in the Trash and the space used by other
|
||||
Google services such as Gmail. This command does not take any path
|
||||
arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-acknowledge-abuse ####
|
||||
|
||||
If downloading a file returns the error `This file has been identified
|
||||
as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded` with the error code
|
||||
`cannotDownloadAbusiveFile` then supply this flag to rclone to
|
||||
indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone
|
||||
will download it anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-auth-owner-only ####
|
||||
|
||||
Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. Default value is 8 MB.
|
||||
|
||||
Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk
|
||||
is buffered in memory one per transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-formats ####
|
||||
|
||||
Google documents can only be exported from Google drive. When rclone
|
||||
downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download depending upon
|
||||
this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
By default the formats are `docx,xlsx,pptx,svg` which are a sensible
|
||||
default for an editable document.
|
||||
|
||||
When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order
|
||||
and chooses the first file format the doc can be exported as from the
|
||||
list. If the file can't be exported to a format on the formats list,
|
||||
then rclone will choose a format from the default list.
|
||||
|
||||
If you prefer an archive copy then you might use `--drive-formats
|
||||
pdf`, or if you prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use
|
||||
`--drive-formats ods,odt,odp`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is
|
||||
calles `My Spreadsheet` on google docs, it will be exported as `My
|
||||
Spreadsheet.xlsx` or `My Spreadsheet.pdf` etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the possible extensions with their corresponding mime types.
|
||||
|
||||
| Extension | Mime Type | Description |
|
||||
| --------- |-----------| ------------|
|
||||
| csv | text/csv | Standard CSV format for Spreadsheets |
|
||||
| doc | application/msword | Micosoft Office Document |
|
||||
| docx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document | Microsoft Office Document |
|
||||
| epub | application/epub+zip | E-book format |
|
||||
| html | text/html | An HTML Document |
|
||||
| jpg | image/jpeg | A JPEG Image File |
|
||||
| odp | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation | Openoffice Presentation |
|
||||
| ods | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
|
||||
| ods | application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
|
||||
| odt | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text | Openoffice Document |
|
||||
| pdf | application/pdf | Adobe PDF Format |
|
||||
| png | image/png | PNG Image Format|
|
||||
| pptx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation | Microsoft Office Powerpoint |
|
||||
| rtf | application/rtf | Rich Text Format |
|
||||
| svg | image/svg+xml | Scalable Vector Graphics Format |
|
||||
| tsv | text/tab-separated-values | Standard TSV format for spreadsheets |
|
||||
| txt | text/plain | Plain Text |
|
||||
| xls | application/vnd.ms-excel | Microsoft Office Spreadsheet |
|
||||
| xlsx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet | Microsoft Office Spreadsheet |
|
||||
| zip | application/zip | A ZIP file of HTML, Images CSS |
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-alternate-export ####
|
||||
|
||||
If this option is set this instructs rclone to use an alternate set of
|
||||
export URLs for drive documents. Users have reported that the
|
||||
official export URLs can't export large documents, whereas these
|
||||
unofficial ones can.
|
||||
|
||||
See rclone issue [#2243](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2243) for background,
|
||||
[this google drive issue](https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/36761333) and
|
||||
[this helpful post](https://www.labnol.org/internet/direct-links-for-google-drive/28356/).
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-impersonate user ####
|
||||
|
||||
When using a service account, this instructs rclone to impersonate the user passed in.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-keep-revision-forever ####
|
||||
|
||||
Keeps new head revision of the file forever.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-list-chunk int ####
|
||||
|
||||
Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-shared-with-me ####
|
||||
|
||||
Instructs rclone to operate on your "Shared with me" folder (where
|
||||
Google Drive lets you access the files and folders others have shared
|
||||
with you).
|
||||
|
||||
This works both with the "list" (lsd, lsl, etc) and the "copy"
|
||||
commands (copy, sync, etc), and with all other commands too.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-skip-gdocs ####
|
||||
|
||||
Skip google documents in all listings. If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-trashed-only ####
|
||||
|
||||
Only show files that are in the trash. This will show trashed files
|
||||
in their original directory structure.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-upload-cutoff=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
File size cutoff for switching to chunked upload. Default is 8 MB.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-use-trash ####
|
||||
|
||||
Controls whether files are sent to the trash or deleted
|
||||
permanently. Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash. Use
|
||||
`--drive-use-trash=false` to delete files permanently instead.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --drive-use-created-date ####
|
||||
|
||||
Use the file creation date in place of the modification date. Defaults
|
||||
to false.
|
||||
|
||||
Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in
|
||||
place of the last modified date.
|
||||
|
||||
**WARNING**: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.
|
||||
|
||||
When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they
|
||||
haven't been modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur
|
||||
while downloading. This side effect can be avoided by using the
|
||||
`--checksum` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded
|
||||
by google photos. You will first need to check the "Create a Google
|
||||
Photos folder" option in your google drive settings. You can then copy
|
||||
or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken
|
||||
(created) set as the modification date.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be
|
||||
limited to transferring about 2 files per second only. Individual
|
||||
files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MBytes/s but lots of
|
||||
small files can take a long time.
|
||||
|
||||
Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you
|
||||
see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry.
|
||||
You can disable server side copies with `--disable copy` to download
|
||||
and upload the files if you prefer.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Limitations of Google Docs ####
|
||||
|
||||
Google docs will appear as size -1 in `rclone ls` and as size 0 in
|
||||
anything which uses the VFS layer, eg `rclone mount`, `rclone serve`.
|
||||
|
||||
This is because rclone can't find out the size of the Google docs
|
||||
without downloading them.
|
||||
|
||||
Google docs will transfer correctly with `rclone sync`, `rclone copy`
|
||||
etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you can't download
|
||||
Google docs using `rclone mount` - you will get a 0 sized file. If
|
||||
you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable.
|
||||
|
||||
### Duplicated files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes, for no reason I've been able to track down, drive will
|
||||
duplicate a file that rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other
|
||||
remotes can have duplicated files.
|
||||
|
||||
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
|
||||
messages in the log about duplicates.
|
||||
|
||||
Use `rclone dedupe` to fix duplicated files.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this isn't just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on
|
||||
Android duplicates files on drive sometimes.
|
||||
|
||||
### Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn't ###
|
||||
|
||||
The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run
|
||||
`rclone dedupe` and check your logs for duplicate object or directory
|
||||
messages.
|
||||
|
||||
### Making your own client_id ###
|
||||
|
||||
When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you
|
||||
are using rclone's client_id. This is shared between all the rclone
|
||||
users. There is a global rate limit on the number of queries per
|
||||
second that each client_id can do set by Google. rclone already has a
|
||||
high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by
|
||||
contacting Google.
|
||||
|
||||
However you might find you get better performance making your own
|
||||
client_id if you are a heavy user. Or you may not depending on exactly
|
||||
how Google have been raising rclone's rate limit.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Log into the [Google API
|
||||
Console](https://console.developers.google.com/) with your Google
|
||||
account. It doesn't matter what Google account you use. (It need not
|
||||
be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)
|
||||
|
||||
2. Select a project or create a new project.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Under "ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES" search for "Drive", and enable the
|
||||
then "Google Drive API".
|
||||
|
||||
4. Click "Credentials" in the left-side panel (not "Create
|
||||
credentials", which opens the wizard), then "Create credentials", then
|
||||
"OAuth client ID". It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen
|
||||
product name, if you haven't set one already.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Choose an application type of "other", and click "Create". (the
|
||||
default name is fine)
|
||||
|
||||
6. It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values
|
||||
in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
|
||||
|
||||
(Thanks to @balazer on github for these instructions.)
|
||||
155
.rclone_repo/docs/content/dropbox.md
Executable file
155
.rclone_repo/docs/content/dropbox.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Dropbox"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Dropbox"
|
||||
date: "2016-02-21"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-dropbox"></i> Dropbox
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, eg
|
||||
`remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox
|
||||
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
|
||||
through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
d) Delete remote
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
e/n/d/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 4
|
||||
Dropbox App Key - leave blank normally.
|
||||
app_key>
|
||||
Dropbox App Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
app_secret>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Please visit:
|
||||
https://www.dropbox.com/1/oauth2/authorize?client_id=XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&response_type=code
|
||||
Enter the code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXXXXXXXX
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
app_key =
|
||||
app_secret =
|
||||
token = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXX_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can then use it like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your dropbox
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your dropbox
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Dropbox for business ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone supports Dropbox for business and Team Folders.
|
||||
|
||||
When using Dropbox for business `remote:` and `remote:path/to/file`
|
||||
will refer to your personal folder.
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to see Team Folders you must use a leading `/` in the
|
||||
path, so `rclone lsd remote:/` will refer to the root and show you all
|
||||
Team Folders and your User Folder.
|
||||
|
||||
You can then use team folders like this `remote:/TeamFolder` and
|
||||
`remote:/TeamFolder/path/to/file`.
|
||||
|
||||
A leading `/` for a Dropbox personal account will do nothing, but it
|
||||
will take an extra HTTP transaction so it should be avoided.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and Hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a
|
||||
modification time is to re-upload the file.
|
||||
|
||||
This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of
|
||||
rclone which didn't support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will
|
||||
decide to upload all your old data to fix the modification times. If
|
||||
you don't want this to happen use `--size-only` or `--checksum` flag
|
||||
to stop it.
|
||||
|
||||
Dropbox supports [its own hash
|
||||
type](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash) which
|
||||
is checked for all transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --dropbox-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this
|
||||
size. The default is 48MB. The maximum is 150MB.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can
|
||||
deal with retries. Setting this larger will increase the speed
|
||||
slightly (at most 10% for 128MB in tests) at the cost of using more
|
||||
memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
|
||||
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
|
||||
|
||||
There are some file names such as `thumbs.db` which Dropbox can't
|
||||
store. There is a full list of them in the ["Ignored Files" section
|
||||
of this document](https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145). Rclone will
|
||||
issue an error message `File name disallowed - not uploading` if it
|
||||
attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync won't fail.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then `rclone purge
|
||||
dropbox:dir` will return the error `Failed to purge: There are too
|
||||
many files involved in this operation`. As a work-around do an
|
||||
`rclone delete dropbox:dir` followed by an `rclone rmdir dropbox:dir`.
|
||||
170
.rclone_repo/docs/content/faq.md
Executable file
170
.rclone_repo/docs/content/faq.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "FAQ"
|
||||
description: "Rclone Frequently Asked Questions"
|
||||
date: "2015-08-27"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
Frequently Asked Questions
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
### Do all cloud storage systems support all rclone commands ###
|
||||
|
||||
Yes they do. All the rclone commands (eg `sync`, `copy` etc) will
|
||||
work on all the remote storage systems.
|
||||
|
||||
### Can I copy the config from one machine to another ###
|
||||
|
||||
Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file. If you want
|
||||
to find this file, the simplest way is to run `rclone -h` and look at
|
||||
the help for the `--config` flag which will tell you where it is.
|
||||
|
||||
See the [remote setup docs](/remote_setup/) for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
### How do I configure rclone on a remote / headless box with no browser? ###
|
||||
|
||||
This has now been documented in its own [remote setup page](/remote_setup/).
|
||||
|
||||
### Can rclone sync directly from drive to s3 ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so
|
||||
the node running rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.
|
||||
|
||||
The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync drive:Folder s3:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Using rclone from multiple locations at the same time ###
|
||||
|
||||
You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose
|
||||
different subdirectory for the output, eg
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Server A> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
|
||||
Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy
|
||||
otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
|
||||
Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be
|
||||
different in this case, otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may
|
||||
make duplicates.
|
||||
|
||||
### Why doesn't rclone support partial transfers / binary diffs like rsync? ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote
|
||||
cloud storage system. This means that you can see the files you
|
||||
upload as expected using alternative access methods (eg using the
|
||||
Google Drive web interface). There is a 1:1 mapping between files on
|
||||
your hard disk and objects created in the cloud storage system.
|
||||
|
||||
Cloud storage systems (at least none I've come across yet) don't
|
||||
support partially uploading an object. You can't take an existing
|
||||
object, and change some bytes in the middle of it.
|
||||
|
||||
It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs
|
||||
instead of whole objects like rclone does, but that would break the
|
||||
1:1 mapping of files on your hard disk to objects in the remote cloud
|
||||
storage system.
|
||||
|
||||
All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so
|
||||
it would be possible to make partial downloads work. However to make
|
||||
this work efficiently this would require storing a significant amount
|
||||
of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of files to objects.
|
||||
|
||||
### Can rclone do bi-directional sync? ###
|
||||
|
||||
No, not at present. rclone only does uni-directional sync from A ->
|
||||
B. It may do in the future though since it has all the primitives - it
|
||||
just requires writing the algorithm to do it.
|
||||
|
||||
### Can I use rclone with an HTTP proxy? ###
|
||||
|
||||
Yes. rclone will use the environment variables `HTTP_PROXY`,
|
||||
`HTTPS_PROXY` and `NO_PROXY`, similar to cURL and other programs.
|
||||
|
||||
`HTTPS_PROXY` takes precedence over `HTTP_PROXY` for https requests.
|
||||
|
||||
The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]",
|
||||
in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.
|
||||
|
||||
The `NO_PROXY` allows you to disable the proxy for specific hosts.
|
||||
Hosts must be comma separated, and can contain domains or parts.
|
||||
For instance "foo.com" also matches "bar.foo.com".
|
||||
|
||||
### Rclone gives x509: failed to load system roots and no roots provided error ###
|
||||
|
||||
This means that `rclone` can't file the SSL root certificates. Likely
|
||||
you are running `rclone` on a NAS with a cut-down Linux OS, or
|
||||
possibly on Solaris.
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from
|
||||
these places on Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
"/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt", // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc.
|
||||
"/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt", // Fedora/RHEL
|
||||
"/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem", // OpenSUSE
|
||||
"/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem", // OpenELEC
|
||||
|
||||
So doing something like this should fix the problem. It also sets the
|
||||
time which is important for SSL to work properly.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/
|
||||
curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
|
||||
ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.org
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The two environment variables `SSL_CERT_FILE` and `SSL_CERT_DIR`, mentioned in the [x509 pacakge](https://godoc.org/crypto/x509),
|
||||
provide an additional way to provide the SSL root certificates.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you may need to add the `--insecure` option to the `curl` command line if it doesn't work without.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Rclone gives Failed to load config file: function not implemented error ###
|
||||
|
||||
Likely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not
|
||||
supported by the go runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.
|
||||
|
||||
See the [system requirements section in the go install
|
||||
docs](https://golang.org/doc/install) for full details.
|
||||
|
||||
### All my uploaded docx/xlsx/pptx files appear as archive/zip ###
|
||||
|
||||
This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which
|
||||
hasn't got the Microsoft Office suite installed. The easiest way to
|
||||
fix is to install the Word viewer and the Microsoft Office
|
||||
Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later
|
||||
versions' file formats
|
||||
|
||||
### tcp lookup some.domain.com no such host ###
|
||||
|
||||
This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain. Please check that
|
||||
your DNS setup is generally working, e.g.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# both should print a long list of possible IP addresses
|
||||
dig www.googleapis.com # resolve using your default DNS
|
||||
dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google's DNS server
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you are using `systemd-resolved` (default on Arch Linux), ensure it
|
||||
is at version 233 or higher. Previous releases contain a bug which
|
||||
causes not all domains to be resolved properly.
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally with the `GODEBUG=netdns=` environment variable the Go
|
||||
resolver decision can be influenced. This also allows to resolve certain
|
||||
issues with DNS resolution. See the [name resolution section in the go docs](https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution).
|
||||
465
.rclone_repo/docs/content/filtering.md
Executable file
465
.rclone_repo/docs/content/filtering.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Filtering"
|
||||
description: "Filtering, includes and excludes"
|
||||
date: "2016-02-09"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Filtering, includes and excludes #
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of
|
||||
these are based on patterns and some on other things like file size.
|
||||
|
||||
The filters are applied for the `copy`, `sync`, `move`, `ls`, `lsl`,
|
||||
`md5sum`, `sha1sum`, `size`, `delete` and `check` operations.
|
||||
Note that `purge` does not obey the filters.
|
||||
|
||||
Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include
|
||||
and exclude rules like `--include`, `--exclude`, `--include-from`,
|
||||
`--exclude-from`, `--filter`, or `--filter-from`. The simplest way to
|
||||
try them out is using the `ls` command, or `--dry-run` together with
|
||||
`-v`.
|
||||
|
||||
## Patterns ##
|
||||
|
||||
The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based
|
||||
on "file globs" as used by the unix shell.
|
||||
|
||||
If the pattern starts with a `/` then it only matches at the top level
|
||||
of the directory tree, **relative to the root of the remote** (not
|
||||
necessarily the root of the local drive). If it doesn't start with `/`
|
||||
then it is matched starting at the **end of the path**, but it will
|
||||
only match a complete path element:
|
||||
|
||||
file.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
|
||||
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
|
||||
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
|
||||
- doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg"
|
||||
/file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote
|
||||
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
|
||||
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
|
||||
|
||||
**Important** Note that you must use `/` in patterns and not `\` even
|
||||
if running on Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
A `*` matches anything but not a `/`.
|
||||
|
||||
*.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
|
||||
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
|
||||
- doesn't match "file.jpg/something"
|
||||
|
||||
Use `**` to match anything, including slashes (`/`).
|
||||
|
||||
dir/** - matches "dir/file.jpg"
|
||||
- matches "dir/dir1/dir2/file.jpg"
|
||||
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
|
||||
- doesn't match "adir/file.jpg"
|
||||
|
||||
A `?` matches any character except a slash `/`.
|
||||
|
||||
l?ss - matches "less"
|
||||
- matches "lass"
|
||||
- doesn't match "floss"
|
||||
|
||||
A `[` and `]` together make a a character class, such as `[a-z]` or
|
||||
`[aeiou]` or `[[:alpha:]]`. See the [go regexp
|
||||
docs](https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/) for more info on these.
|
||||
|
||||
h[ae]llo - matches "hello"
|
||||
- matches "hallo"
|
||||
- doesn't match "hullo"
|
||||
|
||||
A `{` and `}` define a choice between elements. It should contain a
|
||||
comma separated list of patterns, any of which might match. These
|
||||
patterns can contain wildcards.
|
||||
|
||||
{one,two}_potato - matches "one_potato"
|
||||
- matches "two_potato"
|
||||
- doesn't match "three_potato"
|
||||
- doesn't match "_potato"
|
||||
|
||||
Special characters can be escaped with a `\` before them.
|
||||
|
||||
\*.jpg - matches "*.jpg"
|
||||
\\.jpg - matches "\.jpg"
|
||||
\[one\].jpg - matches "[one].jpg"
|
||||
|
||||
Note also that rclone filter globs can only be used in one of the
|
||||
filter command line flags, not in the specification of the remote, so
|
||||
`rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg" /path/to/dir` won't work - what is
|
||||
required is `rclone --include "*.jpg" copy remote:dir /path/to/dir`
|
||||
|
||||
### Directories ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone keeps track of directories that could match any file patterns.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg if you add the include rule
|
||||
|
||||
/a/*.jpg
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone will synthesize the directory include rule
|
||||
|
||||
/a/
|
||||
|
||||
If you put any rules which end in `/` then it will only match
|
||||
directories.
|
||||
|
||||
Directory matches are **only** used to optimise directory access
|
||||
patterns - you must still match the files that you want to match.
|
||||
Directory matches won't optimise anything on bucket based remotes (eg
|
||||
s3, swift, google compute storage, b2) which don't have a concept of
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
### Differences between rsync and rclone patterns ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone implements bash style `{a,b,c}` glob matching which rsync doesn't.
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone always does a wildcard match so `\` must always escape a `\`.
|
||||
|
||||
## How the rules are used ##
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone maintains a combined list of include rules and exclude rules.
|
||||
|
||||
Each file is matched in order, starting from the top, against the rule
|
||||
in the list until it finds a match. The file is then included or
|
||||
excluded according to the rule type.
|
||||
|
||||
If the matcher fails to find a match after testing against all the
|
||||
entries in the list then the path is included.
|
||||
|
||||
For example given the following rules, `+` being include, `-` being
|
||||
exclude,
|
||||
|
||||
- secret*.jpg
|
||||
+ *.jpg
|
||||
+ *.png
|
||||
+ file2.avi
|
||||
- *
|
||||
|
||||
This would include
|
||||
|
||||
* `file1.jpg`
|
||||
* `file3.png`
|
||||
* `file2.avi`
|
||||
|
||||
This would exclude
|
||||
|
||||
* `secret17.jpg`
|
||||
* non `*.jpg` and `*.png`
|
||||
|
||||
A similar process is done on directory entries before recursing into
|
||||
them. This only works on remotes which have a concept of directory
|
||||
(Eg local, google drive, onedrive, amazon drive) and not on bucket
|
||||
based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2).
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding filtering rules ##
|
||||
|
||||
Filtering rules are added with the following command line flags.
|
||||
|
||||
### Repeating options ##
|
||||
|
||||
You can repeat the following options to add more than one rule of that
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
* `--include`
|
||||
* `--include-from`
|
||||
* `--exclude`
|
||||
* `--exclude-from`
|
||||
* `--filter`
|
||||
* `--filter-from`
|
||||
|
||||
**Important** You should not use `--include*` together with `--exclude*`.
|
||||
It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: `--filter*`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in
|
||||
the order above, regardless of what order they were placed on the
|
||||
command line.
|
||||
|
||||
So all `--include` options are processed first in the order they
|
||||
appeared on the command line, then all `--include-from` options etc.
|
||||
|
||||
To mix up the order includes and excludes, the `--filter` flag can be
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--exclude` - Exclude files matching pattern ###
|
||||
|
||||
Add a single exclude rule with `--exclude`.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
|
||||
processed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg `--exclude *.bak` to exclude all bak files from the sync.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--exclude-from` - Read exclude patterns from file ###
|
||||
|
||||
Add exclude rules from a file.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
|
||||
processed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Prepare a file like this `exclude-file.txt`
|
||||
|
||||
# a sample exclude rule file
|
||||
*.bak
|
||||
file2.jpg
|
||||
|
||||
Then use as `--exclude-from exclude-file.txt`. This will sync all
|
||||
files except those ending in `bak` and `file2.jpg`.
|
||||
|
||||
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--include` - Include files matching pattern ###
|
||||
|
||||
Add a single include rule with `--include`.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
|
||||
processed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg `--include *.{png,jpg}` to include all `png` and `jpg` files in the
|
||||
backup and no others.
|
||||
|
||||
This adds an implicit `--exclude *` at the very end of the filter
|
||||
list. This means you can mix `--include` and `--include-from` with the
|
||||
other filters (eg `--exclude`) but you must include all the files you
|
||||
want in the include statement. If this doesn't provide enough
|
||||
flexibility then you must use `--filter-from`.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--include-from` - Read include patterns from file ###
|
||||
|
||||
Add include rules from a file.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
|
||||
processed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Prepare a file like this `include-file.txt`
|
||||
|
||||
# a sample include rule file
|
||||
*.jpg
|
||||
*.png
|
||||
file2.avi
|
||||
|
||||
Then use as `--include-from include-file.txt`. This will sync all
|
||||
`jpg`, `png` files and `file2.avi`.
|
||||
|
||||
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
|
||||
|
||||
This adds an implicit `--exclude *` at the very end of the filter
|
||||
list. This means you can mix `--include` and `--include-from` with the
|
||||
other filters (eg `--exclude`) but you must include all the files you
|
||||
want in the include statement. If this doesn't provide enough
|
||||
flexibility then you must use `--filter-from`.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--filter` - Add a file-filtering rule ###
|
||||
|
||||
This can be used to add a single include or exclude rule. Include
|
||||
rules start with `+ ` and exclude rules start with `- `. A special
|
||||
rule called `!` can be used to clear the existing rules.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
|
||||
processed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg `--filter "- *.bak"` to exclude all bak files from the sync.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--filter-from` - Read filtering patterns from a file ###
|
||||
|
||||
Add include/exclude rules from a file.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
|
||||
processed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Prepare a file like this `filter-file.txt`
|
||||
|
||||
# a sample filter rule file
|
||||
- secret*.jpg
|
||||
+ *.jpg
|
||||
+ *.png
|
||||
+ file2.avi
|
||||
- /dir/Trash/**
|
||||
+ /dir/**
|
||||
# exclude everything else
|
||||
- *
|
||||
|
||||
Then use as `--filter-from filter-file.txt`. The rules are processed
|
||||
in the order that they are defined.
|
||||
|
||||
This example will include all `jpg` and `png` files, exclude any files
|
||||
matching `secret*.jpg` and include `file2.avi`. It will also include
|
||||
everything in the directory `dir` at the root of the sync, except
|
||||
`dir/Trash` which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded
|
||||
from the sync.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--files-from` - Read list of source-file names ###
|
||||
|
||||
This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and **only**
|
||||
these files are transferred. The **filtering rules are ignored**
|
||||
completely if you use this option.
|
||||
|
||||
This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These
|
||||
are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
Paths within the `--files-from` file will be interpreted as starting
|
||||
with the root specified in the command. Leading `/` characters are
|
||||
ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, suppose you had `files-from.txt` with this content:
|
||||
|
||||
# comment
|
||||
file1.jpg
|
||||
subdir/file2.jpg
|
||||
|
||||
You could then use it like this:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics
|
||||
|
||||
This will transfer these files only (if they exist)
|
||||
|
||||
/home/me/pics/file1.jpg → remote:pics/file1.jpg
|
||||
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg → remote:pics/subdirfile1.jpg
|
||||
|
||||
To take a more complicated example, let's say you had a few files you
|
||||
want to back up regularly with these absolute paths:
|
||||
|
||||
/home/user1/important
|
||||
/home/user1/dir/file
|
||||
/home/user2/stuff
|
||||
|
||||
To copy these you'd find a common subdirectory - in this case `/home`
|
||||
and put the remaining files in `files-from.txt` with or without
|
||||
leading `/`, eg
|
||||
|
||||
user1/important
|
||||
user1/dir/file
|
||||
user2/stuff
|
||||
|
||||
You could then copy these to a remote like this
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
The 3 files will arrive in `remote:backup` with the paths as in the
|
||||
`files-from.txt` like this:
|
||||
|
||||
/home/user1/important → remote:backup/user1/important
|
||||
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/user1/dir/file
|
||||
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/stuff
|
||||
|
||||
You could of course choose `/` as the root too in which case your
|
||||
`files-from.txt` might look like this.
|
||||
|
||||
/home/user1/important
|
||||
/home/user1/dir/file
|
||||
/home/user2/stuff
|
||||
|
||||
And you would transfer it like this
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
In this case there will be an extra `home` directory on the remote:
|
||||
|
||||
/home/user1/important → remote:home/backup/user1/important
|
||||
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:home/backup/user1/dir/file
|
||||
/home/user2/stuff → remote:home/backup/stuff
|
||||
|
||||
### `--min-size` - Don't transfer any file smaller than this ###
|
||||
|
||||
This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred.
|
||||
This defaults to `kBytes` but a suffix of `k`, `M`, or `G` can be
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
For example `--min-size 50k` means no files smaller than 50kByte will be
|
||||
transferred.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--max-size` - Don't transfer any file larger than this ###
|
||||
|
||||
This option controls the maximum size file which will be transferred.
|
||||
This defaults to `kBytes` but a suffix of `k`, `M`, or `G` can be
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
For example `--max-size 1G` means no files larger than 1GByte will be
|
||||
transferred.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--max-age` - Don't transfer any file older than this ###
|
||||
|
||||
This option controls the maximum age of files to transfer. Give in
|
||||
seconds or with a suffix of:
|
||||
|
||||
* `ms` - Milliseconds
|
||||
* `s` - Seconds
|
||||
* `m` - Minutes
|
||||
* `h` - Hours
|
||||
* `d` - Days
|
||||
* `w` - Weeks
|
||||
* `M` - Months
|
||||
* `y` - Years
|
||||
|
||||
For example `--max-age 2d` means no files older than 2 days will be
|
||||
transferred.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--min-age` - Don't transfer any file younger than this ###
|
||||
|
||||
This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in
|
||||
seconds or with a suffix (see `--max-age` for list of suffixes)
|
||||
|
||||
For example `--min-age 2d` means no files younger than 2 days will be
|
||||
transferred.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--delete-excluded` - Delete files on dest excluded from sync ###
|
||||
|
||||
**Important** this flag is dangerous - use with `--dry-run` and `-v` first.
|
||||
|
||||
When doing `rclone sync` this will delete any files which are excluded
|
||||
from the sync on the destination.
|
||||
|
||||
If for example you did a sync from `A` to `B` without the `--min-size 50k` flag
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync A: B:
|
||||
|
||||
Then you repeated it like this with the `--delete-excluded`
|
||||
|
||||
rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:
|
||||
|
||||
This would delete all files on `B` which are less than 50 kBytes as
|
||||
these are now excluded from the sync.
|
||||
|
||||
Always test first with `--dry-run` and `-v` before using this flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### `--dump filters` - dump the filters to the output ###
|
||||
|
||||
This dumps the defined filters to the output as regular expressions.
|
||||
|
||||
Useful for debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
## Quoting shell metacharacters ##
|
||||
|
||||
The examples above may not work verbatim in your shell as they have
|
||||
shell metacharacters in them (eg `*`), and may require quoting.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg linux, OSX
|
||||
|
||||
* `--include \*.jpg`
|
||||
* `--include '*.jpg'`
|
||||
* `--include='*.jpg'`
|
||||
|
||||
In Windows the expansion is done by the command not the shell so this
|
||||
should work fine
|
||||
|
||||
* `--include *.jpg`
|
||||
|
||||
## Exclude directory based on a file ##
|
||||
|
||||
It is possible to exclude a directory based on a file, which is
|
||||
present in this directory. Filename should be specified using the
|
||||
`--exclude-if-present` flag. This flag has a priority over the other
|
||||
filtering flags.
|
||||
|
||||
Imagine, you have the following directory structure:
|
||||
|
||||
dir1/file1
|
||||
dir1/dir2/file2
|
||||
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
|
||||
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore
|
||||
|
||||
You can exclude `dir3` from sync by running the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
Currently only one filename is supported, i.e. `--exclude-if-present`
|
||||
should not be used multiple times.
|
||||
131
.rclone_repo/docs/content/ftp.md
Executable file
131
.rclone_repo/docs/content/ftp.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "FTP"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for FTP backend"
|
||||
date: "2017-01-01"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-file"></i> FTP
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the
|
||||
[github.com/jlaffaye/ftp](https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp)
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of making an FTP configuration. First run
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. An FTP remote only
|
||||
needs a host together with and a username and a password. With anonymous FTP
|
||||
server, you will need to use `anonymous` as username and your email address as
|
||||
the password.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
8 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
9 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
10 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> ftp
|
||||
FTP host to connect to
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Connect to ftp.example.com
|
||||
\ "ftp.example.com"
|
||||
host> ftp.example.com
|
||||
FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
user>
|
||||
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||||
port>
|
||||
FTP password
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
y/g> y
|
||||
Enter the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Confirm the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
host = ftp.example.com
|
||||
user =
|
||||
port =
|
||||
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
|
||||
|
||||
See all directories in the home directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Make a new directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote directory, deleting any
|
||||
excess files in the directory.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server
|
||||
will be time of upload.
|
||||
|
||||
### Checksums ###
|
||||
|
||||
FTP does not support any checksums.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that since FTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work
|
||||
with it: `--dump-headers`, `--dump-bodies`, `--dump-auth`
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `--timeout` isn't supported (but `--contimeout` is).
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `--bind` isn't supported.
|
||||
|
||||
FTP could support server side move but doesn't yet.
|
||||
230
.rclone_repo/docs/content/googlecloudstorage.md
Executable file
230
.rclone_repo/docs/content/googlecloudstorage.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Google Cloud Storage"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Google Cloud Storage"
|
||||
date: "2017-07-18"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-google"></i> Google Cloud Storage
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
|
||||
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud Storage
|
||||
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
|
||||
through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
d) Delete remote
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
e/n/d/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 6
|
||||
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_id>
|
||||
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_secret>
|
||||
Project number optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
|
||||
project_number> 12345678
|
||||
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
|
||||
service_account_file>
|
||||
Access Control List for new objects.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
|
||||
\ "authenticatedRead"
|
||||
2 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
|
||||
\ "bucketOwnerFullControl"
|
||||
3 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
|
||||
\ "bucketOwnerRead"
|
||||
4 / Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
|
||||
\ "private"
|
||||
5 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.
|
||||
\ "projectPrivate"
|
||||
6 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
|
||||
\ "publicRead"
|
||||
object_acl> 4
|
||||
Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
|
||||
\ "authenticatedRead"
|
||||
2 / Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
|
||||
\ "private"
|
||||
3 / Project team members get access according to their roles.
|
||||
\ "projectPrivate"
|
||||
4 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
|
||||
\ "publicRead"
|
||||
5 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
|
||||
\ "publicReadWrite"
|
||||
bucket_acl> 2
|
||||
Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Empty for default location (US).
|
||||
\ ""
|
||||
2 / Multi-regional location for Asia.
|
||||
\ "asia"
|
||||
3 / Multi-regional location for Europe.
|
||||
\ "eu"
|
||||
4 / Multi-regional location for United States.
|
||||
\ "us"
|
||||
5 / Taiwan.
|
||||
\ "asia-east1"
|
||||
6 / Tokyo.
|
||||
\ "asia-northeast1"
|
||||
7 / Singapore.
|
||||
\ "asia-southeast1"
|
||||
8 / Sydney.
|
||||
\ "australia-southeast1"
|
||||
9 / Belgium.
|
||||
\ "europe-west1"
|
||||
10 / London.
|
||||
\ "europe-west2"
|
||||
11 / Iowa.
|
||||
\ "us-central1"
|
||||
12 / South Carolina.
|
||||
\ "us-east1"
|
||||
13 / Northern Virginia.
|
||||
\ "us-east4"
|
||||
14 / Oregon.
|
||||
\ "us-west1"
|
||||
location> 12
|
||||
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Default
|
||||
\ ""
|
||||
2 / Multi-regional storage class
|
||||
\ "MULTI_REGIONAL"
|
||||
3 / Regional storage class
|
||||
\ "REGIONAL"
|
||||
4 / Nearline storage class
|
||||
\ "NEARLINE"
|
||||
5 / Coldline storage class
|
||||
\ "COLDLINE"
|
||||
6 / Durable reduced availability storage class
|
||||
\ "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
|
||||
storage_class> 5
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
type = google cloud storage
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"x/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-07-17T20:49:14.929208288+01:00","Extra":null}
|
||||
project_number = 12345678
|
||||
object_acl = private
|
||||
bucket_acl = private
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only
|
||||
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
|
||||
the verification code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this
|
||||
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
|
||||
firewall, or use manual mode.
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
|
||||
|
||||
See all the buckets in your project
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Make a new bucket
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a bucket
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
|
||||
files in the bucket.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
### Service Account support ###
|
||||
|
||||
You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode,
|
||||
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
|
||||
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have
|
||||
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
|
||||
|
||||
To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform
|
||||
[IAM Service Accounts](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts),
|
||||
please head to the
|
||||
[Service Account](https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts)
|
||||
section of the Google Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just
|
||||
like normal `User` permissions in
|
||||
[Google Cloud Storage ACLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control),
|
||||
so you can limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After
|
||||
creating an account, a JSON file containing the Service Account's
|
||||
credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These credentials
|
||||
are what rclone will use for authentication.
|
||||
|
||||
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
|
||||
to your Service Account credentials at the `service_account_file`
|
||||
prompt and rclone won't use the browser based authentication
|
||||
flow. If you'd rather stuff the contents of the credentials file into
|
||||
the rclone config file, you can set `service_account_credentials` with
|
||||
the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent
|
||||
environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores
|
||||
modification times as metadata on the object, under the "mtime" key in
|
||||
RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.
|
||||
127
.rclone_repo/docs/content/http.md
Executable file
127
.rclone_repo/docs/content/http.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "HTTP Remote"
|
||||
description: "Read only remote for HTTP servers"
|
||||
date: "2017-06-19"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-globe"></i> HTTP
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a
|
||||
webserver. The webserver should provide file listings which rclone
|
||||
will read and turn into a remote. This has been tested with common
|
||||
webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file
|
||||
listings from most web servers. (If it doesn't then please file an
|
||||
issue, or send a pull request!)
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:` or `remote:path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First
|
||||
run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
8 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
9 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
10 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
15 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> http
|
||||
URL of http host to connect to
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Connect to example.com
|
||||
\ "https://example.com"
|
||||
url> https://beta.rclone.org
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
url = https://beta.rclone.org
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
Current remotes:
|
||||
|
||||
Name Type
|
||||
==== ====
|
||||
remote http
|
||||
|
||||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
d) Delete remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
|
||||
|
||||
See all the top level directories
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:directory
|
||||
|
||||
Sync the remote `directory` to `/home/local/directory`, deleting any excess files.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync remote:directory /home/local/directory
|
||||
|
||||
### Read only ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is read only - you can't upload files to an HTTP server.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.
|
||||
|
||||
### Checksum ###
|
||||
|
||||
No checksums are stored.
|
||||
|
||||
### Usage without a config file ###
|
||||
|
||||
Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use
|
||||
without a config file:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:
|
||||
139
.rclone_repo/docs/content/hubic.md
Executable file
139
.rclone_repo/docs/content/hubic.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Hubic"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Hubic"
|
||||
date: "2016-05-27"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-space-shuttle"></i> Hubic
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
|
||||
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:container/path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for Hubic involves getting a token from Hubic which
|
||||
you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
n/s> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 8
|
||||
Hubic Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_id>
|
||||
Hubic Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_secret>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
See the [remote setup docs](/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
|
||||
machine with no Internet browser available.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from Hubic. This only runs from the moment it opens
|
||||
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
|
||||
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
|
||||
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List containers in the top level of your Hubic
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your Hubic
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an Hubic directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
If you want the directory to be visible in the official *Hubic
|
||||
browser*, you need to copy your files to the `default` directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
|
||||
`X-Object-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1
|
||||
ns.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
|
||||
amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of
|
||||
are the same.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift
|
||||
API credentials and ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic
|
||||
API.
|
||||
|
||||
The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
|
||||
(Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the
|
||||
MD5SUM for these.
|
||||
120
.rclone_repo/docs/content/install.md
Executable file
120
.rclone_repo/docs/content/install.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Install"
|
||||
description: "Rclone Installation"
|
||||
date: "2018-08-28"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Install #
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.
|
||||
|
||||
## Quickstart ##
|
||||
|
||||
* [Download](/downloads/) the relevant binary.
|
||||
* Extract the `rclone` or `rclone.exe` binary from the archive
|
||||
* Run `rclone config` to setup. See [rclone config docs](/docs/) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
See the [Usage section](/docs/) of the docs for how to use rclone, or
|
||||
run `rclone -h`.
|
||||
|
||||
## Script installation ##
|
||||
|
||||
To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
|
||||
|
||||
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash
|
||||
|
||||
For beta installation, run:
|
||||
|
||||
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and
|
||||
won't re-download if not needed.
|
||||
|
||||
## Linux installation from precompiled binary ##
|
||||
|
||||
Fetch and unpack
|
||||
|
||||
curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
|
||||
unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
|
||||
cd rclone-*-linux-amd64
|
||||
|
||||
Copy binary file
|
||||
|
||||
sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/
|
||||
sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone
|
||||
sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone
|
||||
|
||||
Install manpage
|
||||
|
||||
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
|
||||
sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
|
||||
sudo mandb
|
||||
|
||||
Run `rclone config` to setup. See [rclone config docs](/docs/) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
## macOS installation from precompiled binary ##
|
||||
|
||||
Download the latest version of rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
|
||||
|
||||
Unzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.
|
||||
|
||||
unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64
|
||||
|
||||
Move rclone to your $PATH. You will be prompted for your password.
|
||||
|
||||
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
|
||||
sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/
|
||||
|
||||
(the `mkdir` command is safe to run, even if the directory already exists).
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the leftover files.
|
||||
|
||||
cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
|
||||
|
||||
Run `rclone config` to setup. See [rclone config docs](/docs/) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
## Install from source ##
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure you have at least [Go](https://golang.org/) 1.7
|
||||
installed. [Download go](https://golang.org/dl/) if necessary. The
|
||||
latest release is recommended. Then
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://github.com/ncw/rclone.git
|
||||
cd rclone
|
||||
go build
|
||||
./rclone version
|
||||
|
||||
You can also build and install rclone in the
|
||||
[GOPATH](https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/GOPATH) (which defaults to
|
||||
`~/go`) with:
|
||||
|
||||
go get -u -v github.com/ncw/rclone
|
||||
|
||||
and this will build the binary in `$GOPATH/bin` (`~/go/bin/rclone` by
|
||||
default) after downloading the source to
|
||||
`$GOPATH/src/github.com/ncw/rclone` (`~/go/src/github.com/ncw/rclone`
|
||||
by default).
|
||||
|
||||
## Installation with Ansible ##
|
||||
|
||||
This can be done with [Stefan Weichinger's ansible
|
||||
role](https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone).
|
||||
|
||||
Instructions
|
||||
|
||||
1. `git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git` into your local roles-directory
|
||||
2. add the role to the hosts you want rclone installed to:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
- hosts: rclone-hosts
|
||||
roles:
|
||||
- rclone
|
||||
```
|
||||
185
.rclone_repo/docs/content/install.sh
Executable file
185
.rclone_repo/docs/content/install.sh
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
||||
#!/usr/bin/env bash
|
||||
|
||||
# error codes
|
||||
# 0 - exited without problems
|
||||
# 1 - parameters not supported were used or some unexpected error occured
|
||||
# 2 - OS not supported by this script
|
||||
# 3 - installed version of rclone is up to date
|
||||
# 4 - supported unzip tools are not available
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
#when adding a tool to the list make sure to also add it's corresponding command further in the script
|
||||
unzip_tools_list=('unzip' '7z')
|
||||
|
||||
usage() { echo "Usage: curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash [-s beta]" 1>&2; exit 1; }
|
||||
|
||||
#check for beta flag
|
||||
if [ -n "$1" ] && [ "$1" != "beta" ]; then
|
||||
usage
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -n "$1" ]; then
|
||||
install_beta="beta "
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#create tmp directory and move to it with macOS compatibility fallback
|
||||
tmp_dir=`mktemp -d 2>/dev/null || mktemp -d -t 'rclone-install'`; cd $tmp_dir
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#make sure unzip tool is available and choose one to work with
|
||||
set +e
|
||||
for tool in ${unzip_tools_list[*]}; do
|
||||
trash=`hash $tool 2>>errors`
|
||||
if [ "$?" -eq 0 ]; then
|
||||
unzip_tool="$tool"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
# exit if no unzip tools available
|
||||
if [ -z "${unzip_tool}" ]; then
|
||||
printf "\nNone of the supported tools for extracting zip archives (${unzip_tools_list[*]}) were found. "
|
||||
printf "Please install one of them and try again.\n\n"
|
||||
exit 4
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure we don't create a root owned .config/rclone directory #2127
|
||||
export XDG_CONFIG_HOME=config
|
||||
|
||||
#check installed version of rclone to determine if update is necessary
|
||||
version=`rclone --version 2>>errors | head -n 1`
|
||||
if [ -z "${install_beta}" ]; then
|
||||
current_version=`curl https://downloads.rclone.org/version.txt`
|
||||
else
|
||||
current_version=`curl https://beta.rclone.org/version.txt`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ "$version" = "$current_version" ]; then
|
||||
printf "\nThe latest ${install_beta}version of rclone ${version} is already installed.\n\n"
|
||||
exit 3
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#detect the platform
|
||||
OS="`uname`"
|
||||
case $OS in
|
||||
Linux)
|
||||
OS='linux'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
FreeBSD)
|
||||
OS='freebsd'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
NetBSD)
|
||||
OS='netbsd'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
OpenBSD)
|
||||
OS='openbsd'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
Darwin)
|
||||
OS='osx'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
SunOS)
|
||||
OS='solaris'
|
||||
echo 'OS not supported'
|
||||
exit 2
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo 'OS not supported'
|
||||
exit 2
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
OS_type="`uname -m`"
|
||||
case $OS_type in
|
||||
x86_64|amd64)
|
||||
OS_type='amd64'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
i?86|x86)
|
||||
OS_type='386'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
arm*)
|
||||
OS_type='arm'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aarch64)
|
||||
OS_type='arm64'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo 'OS type not supported'
|
||||
exit 2
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#download and unzip
|
||||
if [ -z "${install_beta}" ]; then
|
||||
download_link="https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-$OS-$OS_type.zip"
|
||||
rclone_zip="rclone-current-$OS-$OS_type.zip"
|
||||
else
|
||||
download_link="https://beta.rclone.org/rclone-beta-latest-$OS-$OS_type.zip"
|
||||
rclone_zip="rclone-beta-latest-$OS-$OS_type.zip"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
curl -O $download_link
|
||||
unzip_dir="tmp_unzip_dir_for_rclone"
|
||||
# there should be an entry in this switch for each element of unzip_tools_list
|
||||
case $unzip_tool in
|
||||
'unzip')
|
||||
unzip -a $rclone_zip -d $unzip_dir
|
||||
;;
|
||||
'7z')
|
||||
7z x $rclone_zip -o$unzip_dir
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
cd $unzip_dir/*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#mounting rclone to enviroment
|
||||
|
||||
case $OS in
|
||||
'linux')
|
||||
#binary
|
||||
cp rclone /usr/bin/rclone.new
|
||||
chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone.new
|
||||
chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone.new
|
||||
mv /usr/bin/rclone.new /usr/bin/rclone
|
||||
#manuals
|
||||
mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
|
||||
cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
|
||||
mandb
|
||||
;;
|
||||
'freebsd'|'openbsd'|'netbsd')
|
||||
#bin
|
||||
cp rclone /usr/bin/rclone.new
|
||||
chown root:wheel /usr/bin/rclone.new
|
||||
mv /usr/bin/rclone.new /usr/bin/rclone
|
||||
#man
|
||||
mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man1
|
||||
cp rclone.1 /usr/local/man/man1/
|
||||
makewhatis
|
||||
;;
|
||||
'osx')
|
||||
#binary
|
||||
mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
|
||||
cp rclone /usr/local/bin/rclone.new
|
||||
mv /usr/local/bin/rclone.new /usr/local/bin/rclone
|
||||
#manual
|
||||
mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
|
||||
cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo 'OS not supported'
|
||||
exit 2
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#update version variable post install
|
||||
version=`rclone --version 2>>errors | head -n 1`
|
||||
|
||||
printf "\n${version} has successfully installed."
|
||||
printf '\nNow run "rclone config" for setup. Check https://rclone.org/docs/ for more details.\n\n'
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
129
.rclone_repo/docs/content/jottacloud.md
Executable file
129
.rclone_repo/docs/content/jottacloud.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Jottacloud"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Jottacloud"
|
||||
date: "2018-08-07"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-archive"></i> Jottacloud
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
To configure Jottacloud you will need to enter your username and password and select a mountpoint.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
13 / JottaCloud
|
||||
\ "jottacloud"
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
Storage> jottacloud
|
||||
User Name
|
||||
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
|
||||
user> user
|
||||
Password.
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||||
y/g/n> y
|
||||
Enter the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Confirm the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
The mountpoint to use.
|
||||
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Will be synced by the official client.
|
||||
\ "Sync"
|
||||
2 / Archive
|
||||
\ "Archive"
|
||||
mountpoint> Archive
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
type = jottacloud
|
||||
user = user
|
||||
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
mountpoint = Archive
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your Jottacloud
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your Jottacloud
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
|
||||
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
|
||||
not.
|
||||
|
||||
Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
|
||||
flag.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the
|
||||
source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached
|
||||
temporarily on disk (wherever the `TMPDIR` environment variable points
|
||||
to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see
|
||||
the `--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently only possible via the Jottacloud website.
|
||||
|
||||
### Versions ###
|
||||
|
||||
Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
|
||||
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
|
||||
|
||||
There are quite a few characters that can't be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ? instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix
|
||||
|
||||
Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if
|
||||
required. (default 10M)
|
||||
|
||||
### Troubleshooting ###
|
||||
|
||||
Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.
|
||||
34
.rclone_repo/docs/content/licence.md
Executable file
34
.rclone_repo/docs/content/licence.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Licence"
|
||||
description: "Rclone Licence"
|
||||
date: "2015-06-06"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
License
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
This is free software under the terms of MIT the license (check the
|
||||
COPYING file included with the source code).
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2012 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
185
.rclone_repo/docs/content/local.md
Executable file
185
.rclone_repo/docs/content/local.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Local Filesystem"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for the local filesystem"
|
||||
date: "2014-04-26"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-file"></i> Local Filesystem
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg `/path/to/wherever`, so
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destination
|
||||
|
||||
Will sync `/home/source` to `/tmp/destination`
|
||||
|
||||
These can be configured into the config file for consistencies sake,
|
||||
but it is probably easier not to.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone reads and writes the modified time using an accuracy determined by
|
||||
the OS. Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second
|
||||
on OS X.
|
||||
|
||||
### Filenames ###
|
||||
|
||||
Filenames are expected to be encoded in UTF-8 on disk. This is the
|
||||
normal case for Windows and OS X.
|
||||
|
||||
There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new
|
||||
distributions will have UTF-8 encoded files names. If you are using an
|
||||
old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names (eg latin1) then you
|
||||
can use the `convmv` tool to convert the filesystem to UTF-8. This
|
||||
tool is available in most distributions' package managers.
|
||||
|
||||
If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will
|
||||
be replaced with the unicode replacement character, '<27>'. `rclone`
|
||||
will emit a debug message in this case (use `-v` to see), eg
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in "gro\xdf"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Long paths on Windows ###
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long
|
||||
[UNC paths](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath)
|
||||
which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
This is why you will see that your paths, for instance `c:\files` is
|
||||
converted to the UNC path `\\?\c:\files` in the output,
|
||||
and `\\server\share` is converted to `\\?\UNC\server\share`.
|
||||
|
||||
However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file
|
||||
system drivers like [EncFS](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/261).
|
||||
To disable UNC conversion globally, add this to your `.rclone.conf` file:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
[local]
|
||||
nounc = true
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate entry like this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
[nounc]
|
||||
type = local
|
||||
nounc = true
|
||||
```
|
||||
And use rclone like this:
|
||||
|
||||
`rclone copy c:\src nounc:z:\dst`
|
||||
|
||||
This will use UNC paths on `c:\src` but not on `z:\dst`.
|
||||
Of course this will cause problems if the absolute path length of a
|
||||
file exceeds 258 characters on z, so only use this option if you have to.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to local storage
|
||||
|
||||
#### --copy-links, -L ####
|
||||
|
||||
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave
|
||||
like symlinks under Windows).
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply this flag then rclone will follow the symlink and copy
|
||||
the pointed to file or directory.
|
||||
|
||||
This flag applies to all commands.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ tree /tmp/a
|
||||
/tmp/a
|
||||
├── b -> ../b
|
||||
├── expected -> ../expected
|
||||
├── one
|
||||
└── two
|
||||
└── three
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Then you can see the difference with and without the flag like this
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone ls /tmp/a
|
||||
6 one
|
||||
6 two/three
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
and
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a
|
||||
4174 expected
|
||||
6 one
|
||||
6 two/three
|
||||
6 b/two
|
||||
6 b/one
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### --local-no-check-updated ####
|
||||
|
||||
Don't check to see if the files change during upload.
|
||||
|
||||
Normally rclone checks the size and modification time of files as they
|
||||
are being uploaded and aborts with a message which starts `can't copy
|
||||
- source file is being updated` if the file changes during upload.
|
||||
|
||||
However on some file systems this modification time check may fail (eg
|
||||
[Glusterfs #2206](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2206)) so this
|
||||
check can be disabled with this flag.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --local-no-unicode-normalization ####
|
||||
|
||||
This flag is deprecated now. Rclone no longer normalizes unicode file
|
||||
names, but it compares them with unicode normalization in the sync
|
||||
routine instead.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --one-file-system, -x ####
|
||||
|
||||
This tells rclone to stay in the filesystem specified by the root and
|
||||
not to recurse into different file systems.
|
||||
|
||||
For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
root
|
||||
├── disk1 - disk1 mounted on the root
|
||||
│ └── file3 - stored on disk1
|
||||
├── disk2 - disk2 mounted on the root
|
||||
│ └── file4 - stored on disk12
|
||||
├── file1 - stored on the root disk
|
||||
└── file2 - stored on the root disk
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Using `rclone --one-file-system copy root remote:` will only copy `file1` and `file2`. Eg
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root
|
||||
0 file1
|
||||
0 file2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -q ls root
|
||||
0 disk1/file3
|
||||
0 disk2/file4
|
||||
0 file1
|
||||
0 file2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** Rclone (like most unix tools such as `du`, `rsync` and `tar`)
|
||||
treats a bind mount to the same device as being on the same
|
||||
filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems
|
||||
where it isn't supported (eg Windows) it will not appear as an valid
|
||||
flag.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --skip-links ####
|
||||
|
||||
This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction
|
||||
points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.
|
||||
125
.rclone_repo/docs/content/mega.md
Executable file
125
.rclone_repo/docs/content/mega.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Mega"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Mega"
|
||||
date: "2018-04-09"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-archive"></i> Mega
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
[Mega](https://mega.nz/) is a cloud storage and file hosting service
|
||||
known for its security feature where all files are encrypted locally
|
||||
before they are uploaded. This prevents anyone (including employees of
|
||||
Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key used for
|
||||
encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer
|
||||
features of Mega using the same client side encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Alias for a existing remote
|
||||
\ "alias"
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
14 / Mega
|
||||
\ "mega"
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
23 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> mega
|
||||
User name
|
||||
user> you@example.com
|
||||
Password.
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||||
y/g/n> y
|
||||
Enter the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Confirm the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
type = mega
|
||||
user = you@example.com
|
||||
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your Mega
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your Mega
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an Mega directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
Mega does not support modification times or hashes yet.
|
||||
|
||||
### Duplicated files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a
|
||||
normal file system).
|
||||
|
||||
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
|
||||
messages in the log about duplicates.
|
||||
|
||||
Use `rclone dedupe` to fix duplicated files.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --mega-debug ####
|
||||
|
||||
If this flag is set (along with `-vv`) it will print further debugging
|
||||
information from the mega backend.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --mega-hard-delete ####
|
||||
|
||||
Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather
|
||||
than permanently deleting them. If you specify this flag (or set it
|
||||
in the advanced config) then rclone will permanently delete objects
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
This backend uses the [go-mega go
|
||||
library](https://github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega) which is an opensource
|
||||
go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn't appear to be any
|
||||
documentation for the mega protocol beyond the [mega C++
|
||||
SDK](https://github.com/meganz/sdk) source code so there are likely
|
||||
quite a few errors still remaining in this library.
|
||||
|
||||
Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.
|
||||
207
.rclone_repo/docs/content/onedrive.md
Executable file
207
.rclone_repo/docs/content/onedrive.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Microsoft OneDrive"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for Microsoft OneDrive"
|
||||
date: "2015-10-14"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-windows"></i> Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from
|
||||
Microsoft which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks
|
||||
you through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
n/s> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 10
|
||||
Microsoft App Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_id>
|
||||
Microsoft App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_secret>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Choose OneDrive account type?
|
||||
* Say b for a OneDrive business account
|
||||
* Say p for a personal OneDrive account
|
||||
b) Business
|
||||
p) Personal
|
||||
b/p> p
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
See the [remote setup docs](/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
|
||||
machine with no Internet browser available.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it
|
||||
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification
|
||||
code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require
|
||||
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your OneDrive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your OneDrive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### OneDrive for Business ###
|
||||
|
||||
There is additional support for OneDrive for Business.
|
||||
Select "b" when ask
|
||||
```
|
||||
Choose OneDrive account type?
|
||||
* Say b for a OneDrive business account
|
||||
* Say p for a personal OneDrive account
|
||||
b) Business
|
||||
p) Personal
|
||||
b/p>
|
||||
```
|
||||
After that rclone requires an authentication of your account. The application will first authenticate your account, then query the OneDrive resource URL
|
||||
and do a second (silent) authentication for this resource URL.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
|
||||
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
|
||||
not.
|
||||
|
||||
OneDrive personal supports SHA1 type hashes. OneDrive for business and
|
||||
Sharepoint Server support
|
||||
[QuickXorHash](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).
|
||||
|
||||
For all types of OneDrive you can use the `--checksum` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft
|
||||
doesn't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
|
||||
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft's apps or via
|
||||
the OneDrive website.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --onedrive-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k. The
|
||||
default is 10MB. Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can't have a
|
||||
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
|
||||
|
||||
There are quite a few characters that can't be in OneDrive file
|
||||
names. These can't occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows
|
||||
platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an
|
||||
identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a `?`
|
||||
in it will be mapped to `?` instead.
|
||||
|
||||
The largest allowed file size is 10GiB (10,737,418,240 bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
### Versioning issue ###
|
||||
|
||||
Every change in OneDrive causes the service to create a new version.
|
||||
This counts against a users quota.
|
||||
For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second
|
||||
version, so the file is using twice the space.
|
||||
|
||||
The `copy` is the only rclone command affected by this as we copy
|
||||
the file and then afterwards set the modification time to match the
|
||||
source file.
|
||||
|
||||
User [Weropol](https://github.com/Weropol) has found a method to disable
|
||||
versioning on OneDrive
|
||||
|
||||
1. Open the settings menu by clicking on the gear symbol at the top of the OneDrive Business page.
|
||||
2. Click Site settings.
|
||||
3. Once on the Site settings page, navigate to Site Administration > Site libraries and lists.
|
||||
4. Click Customize "Documents".
|
||||
5. Click General Settings > Versioning Settings.
|
||||
6. Under Document Version History select the option No versioning.
|
||||
Note: This will disable the creation of new file versions, but will not remove any previous versions. Your documents are safe.
|
||||
7. Apply the changes by clicking OK.
|
||||
8. Use rclone to upload or modify files. (I also use the --no-update-modtime flag)
|
||||
9. Restore the versioning settings after using rclone. (Optional)
|
||||
|
||||
### Troubleshooting ###
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
Error: access_denied
|
||||
Code: AADSTS65005
|
||||
Description: Using application 'rclone' is currently not supported for your organization [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] because it is in an unmanaged state. An administrator needs to claim ownership of the company by DNS validation of [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] before the application rclone can be provisioned.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This means that rclone can't use the OneDrive for Business API with your account. You can't do much about it, maybe write an email to your admins.
|
||||
|
||||
However, there are other ways to interact with your OneDrive account. Have a look at the webdav backend: https://rclone.org/webdav/#sharepoint
|
||||
114
.rclone_repo/docs/content/opendrive.md
Executable file
114
.rclone_repo/docs/content/opendrive.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "OpenDrive"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for OpenDrive"
|
||||
date: "2017-08-07"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-file"></i> OpenDrive
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
d) Delete remote
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
e/n/d/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
7 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
8 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
9 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
10 / OpenDrive
|
||||
\ "opendrive"
|
||||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 10
|
||||
Username
|
||||
username>
|
||||
Password
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
y/g> y
|
||||
Enter the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
Confirm the password:
|
||||
password:
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
username =
|
||||
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your OpenDrive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your OpenDrive
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an OpenDrive directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and MD5SUMs ###
|
||||
|
||||
OpenDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
|
||||
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
|
||||
not.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon
|
||||
don't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
|
||||
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon's apps or via
|
||||
the OpenDrive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are
|
||||
automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can't have a
|
||||
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
|
||||
|
||||
There are quite a few characters that can't be in OpenDrive file
|
||||
names. These can't occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows
|
||||
platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an
|
||||
identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a `?`
|
||||
in it will be mapped to `?` instead.
|
||||
|
||||
222
.rclone_repo/docs/content/overview.md
Executable file
222
.rclone_repo/docs/content/overview.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Overview of cloud storage systems"
|
||||
description: "Overview of cloud storage systems"
|
||||
type: page
|
||||
date: "2015-09-06"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Overview of cloud storage systems #
|
||||
|
||||
Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to
|
||||
provide a unified interface to them, but some underlying differences
|
||||
show through.
|
||||
|
||||
## Features ##
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
|
||||
|
||||
| Name | Hash | ModTime | Case Insensitive | Duplicate Files | MIME Type |
|
||||
| ---------------------------- |:-----------:|:-------:|:----------------:|:---------------:|:---------:|
|
||||
| Amazon Drive | MD5 | No | Yes | No | R |
|
||||
| Amazon S3 | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| Backblaze B2 | SHA1 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| Box | SHA1 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
|
||||
| Dropbox | DBHASH † | Yes | Yes | No | - |
|
||||
| FTP | - | No | No | No | - |
|
||||
| Google Cloud Storage | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| Google Drive | MD5 | Yes | No | Yes | R/W |
|
||||
| HTTP | - | No | No | No | R |
|
||||
| Hubic | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| Jottacloud | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | R/W |
|
||||
| Mega | - | No | No | Yes | - |
|
||||
| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| Microsoft OneDrive | SHA1 ‡‡ | Yes | Yes | No | R |
|
||||
| OpenDrive | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
|
||||
| Openstack Swift | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| pCloud | MD5, SHA1 | Yes | No | No | W |
|
||||
| QingStor | MD5 | No | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| SFTP | MD5, SHA1 ‡ | Yes | Depends | No | - |
|
||||
| WebDAV | - | Yes †† | Depends | No | - |
|
||||
| Yandex Disk | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
|
||||
| The local filesystem | All | Yes | Depends | No | - |
|
||||
|
||||
### Hash ###
|
||||
|
||||
The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects.
|
||||
The hashes are used when transferring data as an integrity check and
|
||||
can be specifically used with the `--checksum` flag in syncs and in
|
||||
the `check` command.
|
||||
|
||||
To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage
|
||||
systems they must support a common hash type.
|
||||
|
||||
† Note that Dropbox supports [its own custom
|
||||
hash](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
|
||||
This is an SHA256 sum of all the 4MB block SHA256s.
|
||||
|
||||
‡ SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and `md5sum`
|
||||
or `sha1sum` as well as `echo` are in the remote's PATH.
|
||||
|
||||
†† WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
|
||||
|
||||
‡‡ Microsoft OneDrive Personal supports SHA1 hashes, whereas OneDrive
|
||||
for business and SharePoint server support Microsoft's own
|
||||
[QuickXorHash](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).
|
||||
|
||||
### ModTime ###
|
||||
|
||||
The cloud storage system supports setting modification times on
|
||||
objects. If it does then this enables a using the modification times
|
||||
as part of the sync. If not then only the size will be checked by
|
||||
default, though the MD5SUM can be checked with the `--checksum` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
All cloud storage systems support some kind of date on the object and
|
||||
these will be set when transferring from the cloud storage system.
|
||||
|
||||
### Case Insensitive ###
|
||||
|
||||
If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to
|
||||
have two files which differ only in case, eg `file.txt` and
|
||||
`FILE.txt`. If a cloud storage system is case insensitive then that
|
||||
isn't possible.
|
||||
|
||||
This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive
|
||||
system and a case sensitive system. The symptom of this is that no
|
||||
matter how many times you run the sync it never completes fully.
|
||||
|
||||
The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive
|
||||
depending on OS.
|
||||
|
||||
* Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved
|
||||
* OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case sensitive
|
||||
* Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file systems (eg FAT formatted USB keys)
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the time this doesn't cause any problems as people tend to
|
||||
avoid files whose name differs only by case even on case sensitive
|
||||
systems.
|
||||
|
||||
### Duplicate files ###
|
||||
|
||||
If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two
|
||||
objects with the same name.
|
||||
|
||||
This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the `rclone dedupe`
|
||||
command to rename or remove duplicates.
|
||||
|
||||
### MIME Type ###
|
||||
|
||||
MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents
|
||||
using a simple text classification, eg `text/html` or
|
||||
`application/pdf`.
|
||||
|
||||
Some cloud storage systems support reading (`R`) the MIME type of
|
||||
objects and some support writing (`W`) the MIME type of objects.
|
||||
|
||||
The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to
|
||||
HTTP from the storage system.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (`R`) to a
|
||||
remote which supports writing (`W`) then rclone will preserve the MIME
|
||||
types. Otherwise they will be guessed from the extension, or the
|
||||
remote itself may assign the MIME type.
|
||||
|
||||
## Optional Features ##
|
||||
|
||||
All the remotes support a basic set of features, but there are some
|
||||
optional features supported by some remotes used to make some
|
||||
operations more efficient.
|
||||
|
||||
| Name | Purge | Copy | Move | DirMove | CleanUp | ListR | StreamUpload | LinkSharing | About |
|
||||
| ---------------------------- |:-----:|:----:|:----:|:-------:|:-------:|:-----:|:------------:|:------------:|:-----:|
|
||||
| Amazon Drive | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Amazon S3 | No | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Backblaze B2 | No | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Box | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Dropbox | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||||
| FTP | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Google Cloud Storage | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Google Drive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||||
| HTTP | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Hubic | Yes † | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
|
||||
| Jottacloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No | No |
|
||||
| Mega | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
|
||||
| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Microsoft OneDrive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
|
||||
| OpenDrive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No | No |
|
||||
| Openstack Swift | Yes † | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
|
||||
| pCloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
|
||||
| QingStor | No | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| SFTP | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| WebDAV | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes ‡ | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| Yandex Disk | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
|
||||
| The local filesystem | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No | Yes |
|
||||
|
||||
### Purge ###
|
||||
|
||||
This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in
|
||||
the directory.
|
||||
|
||||
† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory
|
||||
markers but they don't actually have a quicker way of deleting files
|
||||
other than deleting them individually.
|
||||
|
||||
‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
|
||||
|
||||
### Copy ###
|
||||
|
||||
Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known
|
||||
as a server side copy so you can copy a file without downloading it
|
||||
and uploading it again. It is used if you use `rclone copy` or
|
||||
`rclone move` if the remote doesn't support `Move` directly.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server doesn't support `Copy` directly then for copy operations
|
||||
the file is downloaded then re-uploaded.
|
||||
|
||||
### Move ###
|
||||
|
||||
Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote. This is known
|
||||
as a server side move of a file. This is used in `rclone move` if the
|
||||
server doesn't support `DirMove`.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server isn't capable of `Move` then rclone simulates it with
|
||||
`Copy` then delete. If the server doesn't support `Copy` then rclone
|
||||
will download the file and re-upload it.
|
||||
|
||||
### DirMove ###
|
||||
|
||||
This is used to implement `rclone move` to move a directory if
|
||||
possible. If it isn't then it will use `Move` on each file (which
|
||||
falls back to `Copy` then download and upload - see `Move` section).
|
||||
|
||||
### CleanUp ###
|
||||
|
||||
This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by `rclone cleanup`.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server can't do `CleanUp` then `rclone cleanup` will return an
|
||||
error.
|
||||
|
||||
### ListR ###
|
||||
|
||||
The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath
|
||||
a directory quickly. This enables the `--fast-list` flag to work.
|
||||
See the [rclone docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### StreamUpload ###
|
||||
|
||||
Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size
|
||||
in advance. This allows certain operations to work without spooling the
|
||||
file to local disk first, e.g. `rclone rcat`.
|
||||
|
||||
### LinkSharing ###
|
||||
|
||||
Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link
|
||||
that allows others to access them, even if they don't have an account
|
||||
on the particular cloud provider.
|
||||
|
||||
### About ###
|
||||
|
||||
This is used to fetch quota information from the remote, like bytes
|
||||
used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server can't do `About` then `rclone about` will return an
|
||||
error.
|
||||
135
.rclone_repo/docs/content/pcloud.md
Executable file
135
.rclone_repo/docs/content/pcloud.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "pCloud"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for pCloud"
|
||||
date: "2017-10-01"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-cloud"></i> pCloud
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
|
||||
|
||||
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
|
||||
|
||||
The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which you
|
||||
need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you through it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Box
|
||||
\ "box"
|
||||
5 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
9 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
10 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
11 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
\ "azureblob"
|
||||
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
15 / Pcloud
|
||||
\ "pcloud"
|
||||
16 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||||
\ "qingstor"
|
||||
17 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
18 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
19 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> pcloud
|
||||
Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_id>
|
||||
Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||||
client_secret>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> y
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
See the [remote setup docs](/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
|
||||
machine with no Internet browser available.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
|
||||
token as returned from pCloud. This only runs from the moment it opens
|
||||
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
|
||||
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
|
||||
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
|
||||
|
||||
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
|
||||
|
||||
List directories in top level of your pCloud
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
List all the files in your pCloud
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:
|
||||
|
||||
To copy a local directory to an pCloud directory called backup
|
||||
|
||||
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time and hashes ###
|
||||
|
||||
pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
|
||||
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
|
||||
not. In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object
|
||||
be re-uploaded.
|
||||
|
||||
pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the
|
||||
`--checksum` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deleting files ###
|
||||
|
||||
Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level
|
||||
will determine how long items stay in the trash. `rclone cleanup` can
|
||||
be used to empty the trash.
|
||||
65
.rclone_repo/docs/content/privacy.md
Executable file
65
.rclone_repo/docs/content/privacy.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Privacy Policy"
|
||||
description: "Rclone Privacy Policy"
|
||||
date: "2015-08-19"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Rclone Privacy Policy #
|
||||
|
||||
## What is this Privacy Policy for? ##
|
||||
|
||||
This privacy policy is for this website https://rclone.org and governs the privacy of its users who choose to use it.
|
||||
|
||||
The policy sets out the different areas where user privacy is concerned and outlines the obligations & requirements of the users, the website and website owners. Furthermore the way this website processes, stores and protects user data and information will also be detailed within this policy.
|
||||
|
||||
## The Website ##
|
||||
|
||||
This website and its owners take a proactive approach to user privacy and ensure the necessary steps are taken to protect the privacy of its users throughout their visiting experience. This website complies to all UK national laws and requirements for user privacy.
|
||||
|
||||
## Use of Cookies ##
|
||||
|
||||
This website uses cookies to better the users experience while visiting the website. Where applicable this website uses a cookie control system allowing the user on their first visit to the website to allow or disallow the use of cookies on their computer / device. This complies with recent legislation requirements for websites to obtain explicit consent from users before leaving behind or reading files such as cookies on a user's computer / device.
|
||||
|
||||
Cookies are small files saved to the user's computers hard drive that track, save and store information about the user's interactions and usage of the website. This allows the website, through its server to provide the users with a tailored experience within this website.
|
||||
|
||||
Users are advised that if they wish to deny the use and saving of cookies from this website on to their computers hard drive they should take necessary steps within their web browsers security settings to block all cookies from this website and its external serving vendors.
|
||||
|
||||
This website uses tracking software to monitor its visitors to better understand how they use it. This software is provided by Google Analytics which uses cookies to track visitor usage. The software will save a cookie to your computers hard drive in order to track and monitor your engagement and usage of the website, but will not store, save or collect personal information. You can read [Google's privacy policy here](https://www.google.com/privacy.html) for further information.
|
||||
|
||||
Other cookies may be stored to your computers hard drive by external vendors when this website uses referral programs, sponsored links or adverts. Such cookies are used for conversion and referral tracking and typically expire after 30 days, though some may take longer. No personal information is stored, saved or collected.
|
||||
|
||||
## Contact & Communication ##
|
||||
|
||||
Users contacting this website and/or its owners do so at their own discretion and provide any such personal details requested at their own risk. Your personal information is kept private and stored securely until a time it is no longer required or has no use, as detailed in the Data Protection Act 1998.
|
||||
|
||||
This website and its owners use any information submitted to provide you with further information about the products / services they offer or to assist you in answering any questions or queries you may have submitted.
|
||||
|
||||
## External Links ##
|
||||
|
||||
Although this website only looks to include quality, safe and relevant external links, users are advised adopt a policy of caution before clicking any external web links mentioned throughout this website.
|
||||
|
||||
The owners of this website cannot guarantee or verify the contents of any externally linked website despite their best efforts. Users should therefore note they click on external links at their own risk and this website and its owners cannot be held liable for any damages or implications caused by visiting any external links mentioned.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adverts and Sponsored Links ##
|
||||
|
||||
This website may contain sponsored links and adverts. These will typically be served through our advertising partners, to whom may have detailed privacy policies relating directly to the adverts they serve.
|
||||
|
||||
Clicking on any such adverts will send you to the advertisers website through a referral program which may use cookies and will track the number of referrals sent from this website. This may include the use of cookies which may in turn be saved on your computers hard drive. Users should therefore note they click on sponsored external links at their own risk and this website and its owners cannot be held liable for any damages or implications caused by visiting any external links mentioned.
|
||||
|
||||
### Social Media Platforms ##
|
||||
|
||||
Communication, engagement and actions taken through external social media platforms that this website and its owners participate on are subject to the terms and conditions as well as the privacy policies held with each social media platform respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
Users are advised to use social media platforms wisely and communicate / engage upon them with due care and caution in regard to their own privacy and personal details. This website nor its owners will ever ask for personal or sensitive information through social media platforms and encourage users wishing to discuss sensitive details to contact them through primary communication channels such as email.
|
||||
|
||||
This website may use social sharing buttons which help share web content directly from web pages to the social media platform in question. Users are advised before using such social sharing buttons that they do so at their own discretion and note that the social media platform may track and save your request to share a web page respectively through your social media platform account.
|
||||
|
||||
## Resources & Further Information ##
|
||||
|
||||
* [Data Protection Act 1998](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1998/29/contents)
|
||||
* [Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003](http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2003/2426/contents/made)
|
||||
* [Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations 2003 - The Guide](https://ico.org.uk/for-organisations/guide-to-pecr/)
|
||||
* [Twitter Privacy Policy](https://twitter.com/privacy)
|
||||
* [Facebook Privacy Policy](https://www.facebook.com/about/privacy/)
|
||||
* [Google Privacy Policy](https://www.google.com/privacy.html)
|
||||
* [Sample Website Privacy Policy](http://www.jamieking.co.uk/resources/free_sample_privacy_policy.html)
|
||||
154
.rclone_repo/docs/content/qingstor.md
Executable file
154
.rclone_repo/docs/content/qingstor.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "QingStor"
|
||||
description: "Rclone docs for QingStor Object Storage"
|
||||
date: "2017-06-26"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-hdd-o"></i> QingStor
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
|
||||
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration. First run
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
r) Rename remote
|
||||
c) Copy remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
8 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
9 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
10 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
13 / QingStor Object Storage
|
||||
\ "qingstor"
|
||||
14 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
15 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
Storage> 13
|
||||
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
|
||||
\ "false"
|
||||
2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
|
||||
\ "true"
|
||||
env_auth> 1
|
||||
QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||||
access_key_id> access_key
|
||||
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||||
secret_access_key> secret_key
|
||||
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||||
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
|
||||
endpoint>
|
||||
Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
/ The Beijing (China) Three Zone
|
||||
1 | Needs location constraint pek3a.
|
||||
\ "pek3a"
|
||||
/ The Shanghai (China) First Zone
|
||||
2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
|
||||
\ "sh1a"
|
||||
zone> 1
|
||||
Number of connnection retry.
|
||||
Leave blank will use the default value "3".
|
||||
connection_retries>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
env_auth = false
|
||||
access_key_id = access_key
|
||||
secret_access_key = secret_key
|
||||
endpoint =
|
||||
zone = pek3a
|
||||
connection_retries =
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
|
||||
|
||||
See all buckets
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Make a new bucket
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a bucket
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
|
||||
files in the bucket.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Multipart uploads ###
|
||||
|
||||
rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can
|
||||
upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart
|
||||
upload don't have an MD5SUM.
|
||||
|
||||
### Buckets and Zone ###
|
||||
|
||||
With QingStor you can list buckets (`rclone lsd`) using any zone,
|
||||
but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it was
|
||||
created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone,
|
||||
you will get an error, `incorrect zone, the bucket is not in 'XXX'
|
||||
zone`.
|
||||
|
||||
### Authentication ###
|
||||
|
||||
There are two ways to supply `rclone` with a set of QingStor
|
||||
credentials. In order of precedence:
|
||||
|
||||
- Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by `rclone config`)
|
||||
- set `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`
|
||||
- Runtime configuration:
|
||||
- set `env_auth` to `true` in the config file
|
||||
- Exporting the following environment variables before running `rclone`
|
||||
- Access Key ID: `QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID` or `QS_ACCESS_KEY`
|
||||
- Secret Access Key: `QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY` or `QS_SECRET_KEY`
|
||||
|
||||
379
.rclone_repo/docs/content/rc.md
Executable file
379
.rclone_repo/docs/content/rc.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Remote Control"
|
||||
description: "Remote controlling rclone"
|
||||
date: "2018-03-05"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Remote controlling rclone #
|
||||
|
||||
If rclone is run with the `--rc` flag then it starts an http server
|
||||
which can be used to remote control rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
**NB** this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!
|
||||
|
||||
## Supported parameters
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc ####
|
||||
Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-addr=IP ####
|
||||
IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-cert=KEY ####
|
||||
SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-client-ca=PATH ####
|
||||
Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-htpasswd=PATH ####
|
||||
htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-key=PATH ####
|
||||
SSL PEM Private key
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE ####
|
||||
Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-user=VALUE ####
|
||||
User name for authentication.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-pass=VALUE ####
|
||||
Password for authentication.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-realm=VALUE ####
|
||||
Realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION ####
|
||||
Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
|
||||
#### --rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION ####
|
||||
Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||||
|
||||
## Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its `rclone
|
||||
rc` command.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use it like this
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
|
||||
{
|
||||
"param1": "one",
|
||||
"param2": "two"
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run `rclone rc` on its own to see the help for the installed remote
|
||||
control commands.
|
||||
|
||||
## Supported commands
|
||||
<!--- autogenerated start - run make rcdocs - don't edit here -->
|
||||
### cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache
|
||||
|
||||
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
|
||||
Params:
|
||||
- remote = path to remote (required)
|
||||
- withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
|
||||
rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
|
||||
|
||||
### cache/stats: Get cache stats
|
||||
|
||||
Show statistics for the cache remote.
|
||||
|
||||
### core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.
|
||||
|
||||
This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
|
||||
|
||||
Eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
|
||||
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
|
||||
|
||||
The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to --bwlimit
|
||||
except only one bandwidth may be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
### core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.
|
||||
|
||||
This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn't
|
||||
necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging
|
||||
memory problems.
|
||||
|
||||
### core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics
|
||||
|
||||
This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean
|
||||
are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
|
||||
|
||||
The most interesting values for most people are:
|
||||
|
||||
* HeapAlloc: This is the amount of memory rclone is actually using
|
||||
* HeapSys: This is the amount of memory rclone has obtained from the OS
|
||||
* Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
|
||||
* It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
|
||||
|
||||
### core/pid: Return PID of current process
|
||||
|
||||
This returns PID of current process.
|
||||
Useful for stopping rclone process.
|
||||
|
||||
### core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
This returns all available stats
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc core/stats
|
||||
|
||||
Returns the following values:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"speed": average speed in bytes/sec since start of the process,
|
||||
"bytes": total transferred bytes since the start of the process,
|
||||
"errors": number of errors,
|
||||
"checks": number of checked files,
|
||||
"transfers": number of transferred files,
|
||||
"deletes" : number of deleted files,
|
||||
"elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process,
|
||||
"lastError": last occurred error,
|
||||
"transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
|
||||
[
|
||||
{
|
||||
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
|
||||
"eta": estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion
|
||||
"name": name of the file,
|
||||
"percentage": progress of the file transfer in percent,
|
||||
"speed": speed in bytes/sec,
|
||||
"speedAvg": speed in bytes/sec as an exponentially weighted moving average,
|
||||
"size": size of the file in bytes
|
||||
}
|
||||
],
|
||||
"checking": an array of names of currently active file checks
|
||||
[]
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
Values for "transferring", "checking" and "lastError" are only assigned if data is available.
|
||||
The value for "eta" is null if an eta cannot be determined.
|
||||
|
||||
### rc/error: This returns an error
|
||||
|
||||
This returns an error with the input as part of its error string.
|
||||
Useful for testing error handling.
|
||||
|
||||
### rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands
|
||||
|
||||
This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
|
||||
the commands response.
|
||||
|
||||
### rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters
|
||||
|
||||
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
|
||||
purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
|
||||
check that parameter passing is working properly.
|
||||
|
||||
### vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.
|
||||
|
||||
This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be
|
||||
re-read from the remote when needed.
|
||||
|
||||
If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the
|
||||
directory cache.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any
|
||||
parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any
|
||||
starting with dir will forget that dir, eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
|
||||
|
||||
### vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.
|
||||
|
||||
This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
|
||||
directory cache.
|
||||
|
||||
If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/refresh
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key
|
||||
starting with dir will refresh that directory, eg
|
||||
|
||||
rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc
|
||||
|
||||
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree
|
||||
will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
<!--- autogenerated stop -->
|
||||
|
||||
## Accessing the remote control via HTTP
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an
|
||||
error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to
|
||||
values.
|
||||
|
||||
All calls must made using POST.
|
||||
|
||||
The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST
|
||||
parameters or by supplying "Content-Type: application/json" and a JSON
|
||||
blob in the body. There are examples of these below using `curl`.
|
||||
|
||||
The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is
|
||||
formatted to be reasonably human readable.
|
||||
|
||||
If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (usually
|
||||
400) and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error
|
||||
object.
|
||||
|
||||
### Using POST with URL parameters only
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?potato=1&sausage=2'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Response
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"potato": "1",
|
||||
"sausage": "2"
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Here is what an error response looks like:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error/?potato=1&sausage=2'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"error": "arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]",
|
||||
"input": {
|
||||
"potato": "1",
|
||||
"sausage": "2"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that curl doesn't return errors to the shell unless you use the `-f` option
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ curl -f -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error/?potato=1&sausage=2'
|
||||
curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request
|
||||
$ echo $?
|
||||
22
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Using POST with a form
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Response
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"potato": "1",
|
||||
"sausage": "2"
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST
|
||||
parameters taking precedence.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" "http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?rutabaga=3&sausage=4"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Response
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"potato": "1",
|
||||
"rutabaga": "3",
|
||||
"sausage": "4"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Using POST with a JSON blob
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
response
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"password": "xyz",
|
||||
"username": "xyz"
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON
|
||||
blob takes precedence.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?rutabaga=3&potato=4'
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
{
|
||||
"potato": 2,
|
||||
"rutabaga": "3",
|
||||
"sausage": 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Debugging rclone with pprof ##
|
||||
|
||||
If you use the `--rc` flag this will also enable the use of the go
|
||||
profiling tools on the same port.
|
||||
|
||||
To use these, first [install go](https://golang.org/doc/install).
|
||||
|
||||
Then (for example) to profile rclone's memory use you can run:
|
||||
|
||||
go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
|
||||
|
||||
This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what
|
||||
memory.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use the `-text` flag to produce a textual summary
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ go tool pprof -text http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
|
||||
Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
|
||||
flat flat% sum% cum cum%
|
||||
1024.03kB 66.62% 66.62% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.addDecoderNode
|
||||
513kB 33.38% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.newBufioWriterSize
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/all.init
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve.init
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/restic.init
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2.init
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init.0
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% main.init
|
||||
0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).readRequest
|
||||
0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).serve
|
||||
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% runtime.main
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Possible profiles to look at:
|
||||
|
||||
* Memory: `go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap`
|
||||
* 30-second CPU profile: `go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/profile`
|
||||
* 5-second execution trace: `wget http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/trace?seconds=5`
|
||||
|
||||
See the [net/http/pprof docs](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/pprof/)
|
||||
for more info on how to use the profiling and for a general overview
|
||||
see [the Go team's blog post on profiling go programs](https://blog.golang.org/profiling-go-programs).
|
||||
|
||||
The profiling hook is [zero overhead unless it is used](https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234).
|
||||
88
.rclone_repo/docs/content/remote_setup.md
Executable file
88
.rclone_repo/docs/content/remote_setup.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Remote Setup"
|
||||
description: "Configuring rclone up on a remote / headless machine"
|
||||
date: "2016-01-07"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
# Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine #
|
||||
|
||||
Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an
|
||||
Internet connected web browser.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no
|
||||
browser available on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then
|
||||
you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are
|
||||
two ways of doing it, described below.
|
||||
|
||||
## Configuring using rclone authorize ##
|
||||
|
||||
On the headless box
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
...
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
Use auto config?
|
||||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||||
y) Yes
|
||||
n) No
|
||||
y/n> n
|
||||
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
|
||||
Execute the following on your machine:
|
||||
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
Then paste the result below:
|
||||
result>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Then on your main desktop machine
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||||
Waiting for code...
|
||||
Got code
|
||||
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
|
||||
SECRET_TOKEN
|
||||
<---End paste
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Then back to the headless box, paste in the code
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
result> SECRET_TOKEN
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[acd12]
|
||||
client_id =
|
||||
client_secret =
|
||||
token = SECRET_TOKEN
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Configuring by copying the config file ##
|
||||
|
||||
Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This
|
||||
can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
|
||||
|
||||
So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
to set up the config file.
|
||||
|
||||
Find the config file by running `rclone -h` and looking for the help for the `--config` option
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
$ rclone -h
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
--config="/home/user/.rclone.conf": Config file.
|
||||
[snip]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp etc) and
|
||||
place it in the correct place (use `rclone -h` on the remote box to
|
||||
find out where).
|
||||
1027
.rclone_repo/docs/content/s3.md
Executable file
1027
.rclone_repo/docs/content/s3.md
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
212
.rclone_repo/docs/content/sftp.md
Executable file
212
.rclone_repo/docs/content/sftp.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "SFTP"
|
||||
description: "SFTP"
|
||||
date: "2017-02-01"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-server"></i> SFTP
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
SFTP is the [Secure (or SSH) File Transfer
|
||||
Protocol](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol).
|
||||
|
||||
SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern
|
||||
SSH installations.
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:path`. If the path does not begin with
|
||||
a `/` it is relative to the home directory of the user. An empty path
|
||||
`remote:` refers to the user's home directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that some SFTP servers will need the leading `/` - Synology is a
|
||||
good example of this.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration. First run
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
8 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
9 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
10 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
15 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> sftp
|
||||
SSH host to connect to
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Connect to example.com
|
||||
\ "example.com"
|
||||
host> example.com
|
||||
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||||
user> sftpuser
|
||||
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||||
port>
|
||||
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||||
g) Generate random password
|
||||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||||
y/g/n> n
|
||||
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||||
key_file>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
host = example.com
|
||||
user = sftpuser
|
||||
port =
|
||||
pass =
|
||||
key_file =
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this:
|
||||
|
||||
See all directories in the home directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Make a new directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a directory
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote directory, deleting any
|
||||
excess files in the directory.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
|
||||
|
||||
### SSH Authentication ###
|
||||
|
||||
The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:
|
||||
|
||||
* Password
|
||||
* Key file
|
||||
* ssh-agent
|
||||
|
||||
Key files should be unencrypted PEM-encoded private key files. For
|
||||
instance `/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa`.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't specify `pass` or `key_file` then rclone will attempt to
|
||||
contact an ssh-agent.
|
||||
|
||||
If you set the `--sftp-ask-password` option, rclone will prompt for a
|
||||
password when needed and no password has been configured.
|
||||
|
||||
### ssh-agent on macOS ###
|
||||
|
||||
Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on
|
||||
macOS due to recent changes in the OS. The most effective work-around
|
||||
seems to be to start an ssh-agent in each session, eg
|
||||
|
||||
eval `ssh-agent -s` && ssh-add -A
|
||||
|
||||
And then at the end of the session
|
||||
|
||||
eval `ssh-agent -k`
|
||||
|
||||
These commands can be used in scripts of course.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this remote.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --sftp-ask-password ####
|
||||
|
||||
Ask for the SFTP password if needed when no password has been configured.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --ssh-path-override ####
|
||||
|
||||
Override path used by SSH connection. Allows checksum calculation when
|
||||
SFTP and SSH paths are different. This issue affects among others Synology
|
||||
NAS boxes.
|
||||
|
||||
Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --ssh-path-override /volume2/directory
|
||||
|
||||
Home directory can be found in a shared folder called `homes`
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --ssh-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.
|
||||
|
||||
Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after
|
||||
upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you
|
||||
are using one of these servers, you can set the option `set_modtime = false` in
|
||||
your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and `md5sum`
|
||||
or `sha1sum` as well as `echo` are in the remote's PATH.
|
||||
This remote checksumming (file hashing) is recommended and enabled by default.
|
||||
Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting to SFTP servers
|
||||
which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote commands
|
||||
is prohibited. Set the configuration option `disable_hashcheck` to `true` to
|
||||
disable checksumming.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that some SFTP servers (eg Synology) the paths are different for
|
||||
SSH and SFTP so the hashes can't be calculated properly. For them
|
||||
using `disable_hashcheck` is a good idea.
|
||||
|
||||
The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty's pageant.
|
||||
|
||||
The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by
|
||||
default, due to security concerns. This can be re-enabled on a
|
||||
per-connection basis by setting the `use_insecure_cipher` setting in
|
||||
the configuration file to `true`. Further details on the insecurity of
|
||||
this cipher can be found [in this paper]
|
||||
(http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).
|
||||
|
||||
SFTP isn't supported under plan9 until [this
|
||||
issue](https://github.com/pkg/sftp/issues/156) is fixed.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that since SFTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work
|
||||
with it: `--dump-headers`, `--dump-bodies`, `--dump-auth`
|
||||
|
||||
Note that `--timeout` isn't supported (but `--contimeout` is).
|
||||
311
.rclone_repo/docs/content/swift.md
Executable file
311
.rclone_repo/docs/content/swift.md
Executable file
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
title: "Swift"
|
||||
description: "Swift"
|
||||
date: "2014-04-26"
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
<i class="fa fa-space-shuttle"></i>Swift
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Swift refers to [Openstack Object Storage](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
|
||||
Commercial implementations of that being:
|
||||
|
||||
* [Rackspace Cloud Files](https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/)
|
||||
* [Memset Memstore](https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/)
|
||||
* [OVH Object Storage](https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/)
|
||||
* [Oracle Cloud Storage](https://cloud.oracle.com/storage-opc)
|
||||
* [IBM Bluemix Cloud ObjectStorage Swift](https://console.bluemix.net/docs/infrastructure/objectstorage-swift/index.html)
|
||||
|
||||
Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
|
||||
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:container/path/to/dir`.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example of making a swift configuration. First run
|
||||
|
||||
rclone config
|
||||
|
||||
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||||
n) New remote
|
||||
s) Set configuration password
|
||||
q) Quit config
|
||||
n/s/q> n
|
||||
name> remote
|
||||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||||
\ "s3"
|
||||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||||
\ "b2"
|
||||
4 / Box
|
||||
\ "box"
|
||||
5 / Cache a remote
|
||||
\ "cache"
|
||||
6 / Dropbox
|
||||
\ "dropbox"
|
||||
7 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||||
\ "crypt"
|
||||
8 / FTP Connection
|
||||
\ "ftp"
|
||||
9 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||||
10 / Google Drive
|
||||
\ "drive"
|
||||
11 / Hubic
|
||||
\ "hubic"
|
||||
12 / Local Disk
|
||||
\ "local"
|
||||
13 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||||
\ "azureblob"
|
||||
14 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||||
\ "onedrive"
|
||||
15 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||||
\ "swift"
|
||||
16 / Pcloud
|
||||
\ "pcloud"
|
||||
17 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||||
\ "qingstor"
|
||||
18 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||||
\ "sftp"
|
||||
19 / Webdav
|
||||
\ "webdav"
|
||||
20 / Yandex Disk
|
||||
\ "yandex"
|
||||
21 / http Connection
|
||||
\ "http"
|
||||
Storage> swift
|
||||
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step
|
||||
\ "false"
|
||||
2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
|
||||
\ "true"
|
||||
env_auth> true
|
||||
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||||
user>
|
||||
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||||
key>
|
||||
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Rackspace US
|
||||
\ "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
|
||||
2 / Rackspace UK
|
||||
\ "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
|
||||
3 / Rackspace v2
|
||||
\ "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0"
|
||||
4 / Memset Memstore UK
|
||||
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0"
|
||||
5 / Memset Memstore UK v2
|
||||
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0"
|
||||
6 / OVH
|
||||
\ "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0"
|
||||
auth>
|
||||
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||||
user_id>
|
||||
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
domain>
|
||||
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||||
tenant>
|
||||
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||||
tenant_id>
|
||||
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||||
tenant_domain>
|
||||
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||||
region>
|
||||
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||||
storage_url>
|
||||
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||||
auth_token>
|
||||
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||||
auth_version>
|
||||
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
|
||||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||||
1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure)
|
||||
\ "public"
|
||||
2 / Internal (use internal service net)
|
||||
\ "internal"
|
||||
3 / Admin
|
||||
\ "admin"
|
||||
endpoint_type>
|
||||
Remote config
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[test]
|
||||
env_auth = true
|
||||
user =
|
||||
key =
|
||||
auth =
|
||||
user_id =
|
||||
domain =
|
||||
tenant =
|
||||
tenant_id =
|
||||
tenant_domain =
|
||||
region =
|
||||
storage_url =
|
||||
auth_token =
|
||||
auth_version =
|
||||
endpoint_type =
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||||
e) Edit this remote
|
||||
d) Delete this remote
|
||||
y/e/d> y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
|
||||
|
||||
See all containers
|
||||
|
||||
rclone lsd remote:
|
||||
|
||||
Make a new container
|
||||
|
||||
rclone mkdir remote:container
|
||||
|
||||
List the contents of a container
|
||||
|
||||
rclone ls remote:container
|
||||
|
||||
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote container, deleting any
|
||||
excess files in the container.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
|
||||
|
||||
### Configuration from an Openstack credentials file ###
|
||||
|
||||
An Opentstack credentials file typically looks something something
|
||||
like this (without the comments)
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0
|
||||
export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
|
||||
export OS_TENANT_NAME="1234567890123456"
|
||||
export OS_USERNAME="123abc567xy"
|
||||
echo "Please enter your OpenStack Password: "
|
||||
read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
|
||||
export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
|
||||
export OS_REGION_NAME="SBG1"
|
||||
if [ -z "$OS_REGION_NAME" ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fi
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The config file needs to look something like this where `$OS_USERNAME`
|
||||
represents the value of the `OS_USERNAME` variable - `123abc567xy` in
|
||||
the example above.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
[remote]
|
||||
type = swift
|
||||
user = $OS_USERNAME
|
||||
key = $OS_PASSWORD
|
||||
auth = $OS_AUTH_URL
|
||||
tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAME
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you may (or may not) need to set `region` too - try without first.
|
||||
|
||||
### Configuration from the environment ###
|
||||
|
||||
If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard
|
||||
set of OpenStack environment variables.
|
||||
|
||||
When you run through the config, make sure you choose `true` for
|
||||
`env_auth` and leave everything else blank.
|
||||
|
||||
rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment
|
||||
using standard OpenStack environment variables. There is [a list of
|
||||
the
|
||||
variables](https://godoc.org/github.com/ncw/swift#Connection.ApplyEnvironment)
|
||||
in the docs for the swift library.
|
||||
|
||||
### Using an alternate authentication method ###
|
||||
|
||||
If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method
|
||||
that might not be yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift library,
|
||||
you can authenticate externally (e.g. calling manually the `openstack`
|
||||
commands to get a token). Then, you just need to pass the two
|
||||
configuration variables ``auth_token`` and ``storage_url``.
|
||||
If they are both provided, the other variables are ignored. rclone will
|
||||
not try to authenticate but instead assume it is already authenticated
|
||||
and use these two variables to access the OpenStack installation.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Using rclone without a config file ####
|
||||
|
||||
You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
source openstack-credentials-file
|
||||
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
|
||||
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
|
||||
rclone lsd myremote:
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### --fast-list ###
|
||||
|
||||
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
|
||||
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
|
||||
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
### --update and --use-server-modtime ###
|
||||
|
||||
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is
|
||||
used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was
|
||||
last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem,
|
||||
but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the
|
||||
metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is
|
||||
sufficient to determine if it is "dirty". By using `--update` along with
|
||||
`--use-server-modtime`, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload
|
||||
files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
|
||||
|
||||
### Specific options ###
|
||||
|
||||
Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --swift-storage-policy=STRING ####
|
||||
Apply the specified storage policy when creating a new container. The policy
|
||||
cannot be changed afterwards. The allowed configuration values and their
|
||||
meaning depend on your Swift storage provider.
|
||||
|
||||
#### --swift-chunk-size=SIZE ####
|
||||
|
||||
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The
|
||||
default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.
|
||||
|
||||
### Modified time ###
|
||||
|
||||
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
|
||||
`X-Object-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1
|
||||
ns.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
|
||||
amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
|
||||
|
||||
### Limitations ###
|
||||
|
||||
The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
|
||||
(Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the
|
||||
MD5SUM for these.
|
||||
|
||||
### Troubleshooting ###
|
||||
|
||||
#### Rclone gives Failed to create file system for "remote:": Bad Request ####
|
||||
|
||||
Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a "Bad
|
||||
Request" error rather than a more sensible error when the
|
||||
authentication fails for Swift.
|
||||
|
||||
So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can
|
||||
investigate further with the `--dump-bodies` flag.
|
||||
|
||||
This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn't
|
||||
have (eg OVH).
|
||||
|
||||
#### Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn't have storage storage url and auth token ####
|
||||
|
||||
This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when
|
||||
setting up a swift remote.
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user